37l5123

37l5123
IBM Netfinity Servers
IBM Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY
5RG, 6RY, 6RG
Hardware Maintenance Manual
September 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 277)
S37L-5123-00
IBM Netfinity Servers
IBM Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY
5RG, 6RY, 6RG
Hardware Maintenance Manual
September 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 277)
IBM
S37L-5123-00
Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 281.
First Edition (September 1999)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
 Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1998, 1999. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii
Netfinity Server HMM
About this manual
This manual contains diagnostic information, a
Symptom-to-FRU Index, service information, error codes,
error messages, and configuration information for the
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are
familiar with IBM PC Server products.
Important safety information
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this
book before performing any of the instructions.
Leia todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo antes de
executar qualquer operação.
Prenez connaissance de toutes les consignes de type
Attention et
Danger avant de procéder aux opérations décrites par les
instructions.
Lesen Sie alle Sicherheitshinweise, bevor Sie eine
Anweisung ausführen.
iii
Accertarsi di leggere tutti gli avvisi di attenzione e di
pericolo prima di effettuare qualsiasi operazione.
Lea atentamente todas las declaraciones de precaución y
peligro ante
de llevar a cabo cualquier operación.
Online support
Use the World Wide Web (WWW) to download Diagnostic,
BIOS Flash, and Device Driver files.
File download address is:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/files.html
IBM online addresses:
The HMM manuals online address is:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/cdt/hmm.html
The IBM Support Page is:
http://www.ibm.com/support/
The IBM Home Page is:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/
iv
Netfinity Server HMM
Contents
About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important safety information
. . . . . . . . . .
Online support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
General checkout . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the server . . .
Specifications . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU index . .
Undetermined problems . .
Parts listing (Netfinity 8500R -
. . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
Type 8681)
Related service information
. .
Safety information . . . . . . . .
Send us your comments!
. . . .
Problem determination tips
. . .
Phone numbers, U.S. and Canada
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks
. . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1999
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
iii
iii
iv
1
5
8
15
18
40
42
166
211
229
239
240
277
278
279
281
281
v
vi
Netfinity Server HMM
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic programs
. . . . . . . . . . .
Power-on self-test (POST)
. . . . . . . .
POST beep codes
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Error messages
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST error messages
. . . . . . . . . .
System-monitoring messages . . . . . . .
Diagnostic error messages
. . . . . . . .
Software-Generated error messages . . . .
POST error log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option diskettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic programs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running the diagnostic programs
. . . . .
Starting the diagnostic programs . . . . . .
Using the Online Manual
. . . . . . . . .
Viewing the test log
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the server . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing server programs . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Configuration/Setup Utility program . . . .
Using the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu
System summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System information . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product data
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
System card data . . . . . . . . . . .
Devices and I/O ports . . . . . . . . . . .
Date and time
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System security
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the power-on password menu
. .
Using the administrator password menu
Start options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor serial number access
. . . .
Modify front panel text . . . . . . . . .
PCI slot/device information . . . . . . .
Cache control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor settings . . . . . . . . . . .
MPS version control . . . . . . . . . .
Error logs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST error log
. . . . . . . . . . . .
System error log
. . . . . . . . . . .
Save settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load default settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
Exit setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the System Partition . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring options
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1999
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
18
19
19
20
21
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
25
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
31
31
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
1
Resolving configuration conflicts
. . . . . . . .
Resolving hardware configuration conflicts . .
Resolving software configuration conflicts
. .
Using the SCSISelect Utility program . . . . . .
Starting the SCSISelect Utility program
. . .
SCSISelect Utility program choices
. . . . .
Configure/view host adapter settings
. . .
SCSI disk utilities
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing a low-level disk format
. . . .
When to use the low-level format program
Starting the low-level format program . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCI slot LED descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter considerations
. . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring adapters
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced System Management PCI adapter
. .
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
component locations
. . . . . . . . . . .
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before you begin to install optional hardware
. .
Lifting the server . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD-ROM drive removal
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Completing the installation . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the top cover
. . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the front bezel . . . . . . . . . . .
Reconfiguring the server and updating server
records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIMM and memory board installation . . . . . .
Diskette drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting external SCSI devices . . . . . .
Cabling requirements
. . . . . . . . . .
Setting SCSI IDs for external devices . . .
Installing external devices
. . . . . . . .
Input/Output port connectors
. . . . . . . .
Serial port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard and auxiliary-device ports
. . .
Wide Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) ports . . . . . .
Universal Serial Bus ports . . . . . . . .
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
10/100 Mbps Ethernet port . . . . . . .
Advanced System Management dual serial
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced System Management Interconnect
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hot-swap Power supplies
. . . . . . . . . . .
Hot-swap fan installation/removal . . . . . . . .
Hot-plug PCI adapter installation
. . . . . . . .
2
Netfinity Server HMM
34
34
35
36
36
36
36
37
38
38
38
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
52
53
55
56
56
58
59
60
63
69
70
70
70
70
70
71
71
72
73
73
74
76
76
77
77
79
80
83
84
Installing a non-hot-plug PCI adapter
. . . . 89
Verifying compatibility between network
adapters and device drivers . . . . . . . . 89
Cabling internal hard disk drives to a ServeRAID
adapter (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Hot-swap power supply installation/removal . . . 92
Installing the server in and removing the server
from the rack enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Installing the server in the rack enclosure
. . 97
Preparing the rack enclosure . . . . . . . 97
Installing the server
. . . . . . . . . . 102
Removing the server from the rack enclosure
107
Internal drives installation
. . . . . . . . . . 110
Internal drive bays
. . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Hard disk drives
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
SCSI IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Termination
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Preinstallation steps
. . . . . . . . . . . 113
Installing or replacing a drive
. . . . . . . 113
I/O board component locations . . . . . . . . 116
I/O board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
VRM latch releases . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
I/O function card component locations . . . . . 120
I/O function card jumpers . . . . . . . . . 121
Input/output connectors and expansion slots . . 122
Jumper settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Two-pin jumper blocks
. . . . . . . . . . 125
Three-Pin jumper blocks
. . . . . . . . . 126
LED card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Memory board component locations . . . . . . 130
Midplane removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Power control card removal
. . . . . . . . . 133
Preparing to install options . . . . . . . . . . 134
Removing the top cover . . . . . . . . . . 136
Removing the front bezel . . . . . . . . . 137
Removing the memory-access panel . . . . 138
Processor-controller board component locations
140
Processor-controller board jumpers . . . . . . 141
Processor-daughterboard component locations
143
Processor fan replacement . . . . . . . . . . 144
Replacing an I/O fan
. . . . . . . . . . . 145
Processor housing assembly . . . . . . . . . 146
Removing the processor housing assembly
149
Installing or replacing a processor . . . . . 151
Installing or replacing a processor
daughterboard
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Installing an optional processor
daughterboard and cache coherency filter
cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Replacing the standard processor
daughterboard . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Reinstalling the processor housing assembly
159
SCSI backplane component locations . . . . . 160
SCSI backplane removal . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
3
System reliability considerations
. . . . . . .
Understanding the Netfinity 8500R server design
I/O board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O function card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Midplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor controller board
. . . . . . . .
Processor daughterboard . . . . . . . . .
Memory board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working inside a server with power on
. . . .
Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No beep symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply LED errors . . . . . . . . . . .
AC LED on/DC LED off . . . . . . . . . .
Power control card LED
. . . . . . . . . . .
Server component fault indicators . . . . . . .
Diagnostic error codes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other error symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . .
POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DASD LEDs for hardfiles running in a RAID
environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM BUS error (3-3-2)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined problems . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System management codes
. . . . . . . . .
System Management Interrupt (SMI) Handler
.
Parts listing (Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681)
. . . .
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor Housing Assembly . . . . . . .
I/O Housing Assembly
. . . . . . . . . .
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
. . . . . . . . . .
Power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Netfinity Server HMM
162
163
163
163
164
164
164
164
165
166
167
172
173
174
176
182
183
190
194
206
206
208
211
222
227
229
230
232
234
236
238
General checkout
The server diagnostic programs are stored in flash RAM
on the I/O function card. These programs are the primary
method of testing the major components of the server.
You can also use them to test some external devices.
Also, if you cannot determine whether a problem is caused
by the hardware or by the software, you can run the
diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is
working properly.
When you run the diagnostic programs, a single problem
might cause several error messages. When this occurs,
work to correct the cause of the first error message. After
the cause of the first error message is corrected, the other
error messages might not occur the next time you run the
test.
Note
Some error conditions will generate error messages
that are displayed in the front panel video fluorescent
display (VFD). Some of these messages will
automatically be cleared once the problem is
corrected. Others will need to be cleared manually.
To ensure you have correctly identified the failing FRU
during your diagnosis, manually clear any messages
from the front panel display using the scroll and enter
buttons on the right side of the front panel after you
have replaced any FRU(s). This can be done with the
system in the Standby mode before power up. Then,
once you reboot the system, if a problem still exists
which normally generates a message on the front
panel, the new message generated will alert you to
the continued or new error condition.
A failed system might be part of a shared DASD cluster
(two or more systems sharing the same external storage
device(s)). Prior to running diagnostics, verify that the
failing system is not part of a shared DASD cluster.
A system might be part of a cluster if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The customer identifies the system as part of a
cluster.
One or more external storage units are attached to
the system and at least one of the attached storage
units is additionally attached to another system or
unidentifiable source.
One or more systems are located near the failing
system.
If the failing system is suspect to be part of a shared
DASD cluster, all diagnostic tests can be run except
diagnostic tests which tests the storage unit (DASD
residing in the storage unit) or the storage adapter
attached to the storage unit.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
5
(CONTINUED)
Notes
1. If you hear beep codes, see “Beep symptoms” on
page 167.
2. If you hear beep code 1-3-1, see "1st 1MB RAM
test failed" (Beep code 1-3-1) in “Beep
symptoms” on page 167.
3. If you hear beep code 3-3-2, see "SM Bus error"
(Beep code 3-3-2) in “Beep symptoms” on
page 167.
4. If you do not hear beep codes, and have no
other error indications but the system will not
boot or will not power off, see “No beep
symptoms” on page 172.
5. If you have SCSI errors posted on the monitor,
see “SCSI errors” on page 206.
6. If you have symptoms relating to fans, CD-ROM,
diskette drive, SCSI devices, or monitor, see
“Other error symptoms” on page 190.
7. If you do not have two LED's lit on each power
supply, see “Power supply LED errors” on
page 173.
8. If you have a power fault message in the system
error log, see “Power control card LED” on
page 176.
9. If you have server component fault indicator
LEDs lit, see “Server component fault indicators”
on page 182.
10. If you have a flashing attention light and error
messages posted in the front panel, see “System
management codes” on page 222.
11. If you have run diagnostics which generated
diagnostic error codes, see “Diagnostic error
codes” on page 183.
12. If you have a SMI error posted in the front panel,
see “System Management Interrupt (SMI)
Handler” on page 227.
13. If your system is hung, will not boot, or exhibits
symptoms other than those above, see
“Undetermined problems” on page 211.
14. For systems that are part of a shared DASD
cluster, run one test at a time in looped mode.
Do not run all tests in looped mode, as this could
enable the DASD diagnostic tests.
15. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
16. If there are multiple errors logged in the system
error log, diagnose the errors in the order they
were posted according to the date/time stamp.
17. If you have intermittent problems, check the
system error log; see, “System error log” on
page 32.
18. If you need safety information, see “Safety
information” on page 240.
6
Netfinity Server HMM
001
IS THE SYSTEM PART OF A CLUSTER?
Yes No
002
Go to Step 004.
003
Schedule maintenance with the customer. Shut down all
failing systems related to the cluster. Run storage test.
004
–
–
–
–
–
–
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check the front panel system error LED; if blinking,
check the error message on the front panel and see
“System management codes” on page 222.
– Attempt to boot to the Configuration/Setup utility and
check the system error log. If an error was recorded by
the system, see “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 166.
If this is not possible, connect to the System
Management Adapter and access the system error log
remotely.
– Attempt to boot the system and start the Diagnostic
programs. See “Running the diagnostic programs” on
page 11. If the diagnostics will not load, record the
symptoms you observe and go to “Symptom-to-FRU
index” on page 166.
Ÿ
If the diagnostics completed successfully and you
still suspect a problem, go to “Undetermined
problems” on page 211.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
7
Diagnostics
Server problems can be caused by hardware, software, or
a user error. An example of a user error is pressing the
wrong key on the keyboard.
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostic programs
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST beep codes
Error messages
System error log
Option diskettes
Diagnostic programs:
The Diagnostics Utility
program contains several server diagnostic programs.
These diagnostic programs are stored on electrically
erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM).
These programs are the primary method of testing the
major components of your server and some external
devices.
Also, if you cannot determine whether a problem is caused
by the hardware or by the software, you can run the
diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is
working properly.
Note
When you run the diagnostic programs, a single
problem might cause several error messages. When
this occurs, work to correct the cause of the first error
message. After the cause of the first error message is
corrected, the other error messages might not occur
the next time that you run the test.
Power-on self-test (POST): When you turn on
the server, it performs a series of tests to check the
operation of server components and some of the options
installed in the server. This series of tests is called the
power-on self-test or POST.
POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
8
Checks the operation of some basic I/O function card,
processor daughterboard, and I/O board operations
Checks the memory
Compares the current server configuration with the
stored server configuration information
Configures PCI adapters
Starts the video operation
Verifies that drives (such as the diskette, CD-ROM,
and hard disk drives) are connected properly
Netfinity Server HMM
If you have a power-on password or administrator
password set, you must type the password and press
Enter before POST will continue.
While the memory is being tested, the amount of available
memory appears on the screen. These numbers advance
as the server progresses through POST and the final
number that appears on the screen represents the total
amount of memory available. If POST finishes without
detecting any problems, a single beep sounds and the first
screen of your operating system or application program
appears.
If POST detects a problem, more than one beep sounds,
or an error message appears on your screen.
Note
A single problem might cause several error messages.
When this occurs, work to correct the cause of the first
error message. After the cause of the first error
message is corrected, the other error messages
usually will not occur the next time you run the test.
POST beep codes: POST generates beep codes to
indicate successful completion or the detection of a
problem.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One beep indicates the successful completion of
POST.
No beep indicates that a unrecoverable error occurred
during POST.
More than one beep indicates that POST detected a
problem. For more information, see “Beep
symptoms” on page 167.
Error messages: Error messages indicate that a
problem exists; they are not intended to be used to identify
a failing part. Troubleshooting and servicing of complex
problems indicated by error messages should be
performed by trained service personnel.
Hardware error messages that occur can be text, numeric,
or both. Messages generated by your software generally
are text messages, but they also can be numeric.
POST error messages:
POST error messages
occur during startup when POST finds a problem with the
hardware or detects a change in the hardware
configuration. For more information, see “Viewing the test
log” on page 14.
System-monitoring messages:
System-monitoring messages occur as the Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter monitors critical system
functions.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
9
DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
Diagnostic error messages:
Diagnostic error
messages occur when a diagnostic test finds a problem
with the server hardware. These error messages are
alphanumeric and they are saved in the test log. For more
information, see “Viewing the test log” on page 14.
Software-Generated error messages: These
messages occur if a problem or conflict is found by an
application program, the operating system, or both.
Messages are generally text messages, but they also can
be numeric. For information on these error messages,
refer to the documentation that comes with your software.
POST error log
The POST error log contains a maximum of three error
and warning messages issued during POST and all system
status messages from the Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter (service processor). See “POST error log” on
page 32 for information on how to view the POST error
log.
System error log
The system error log contains all error and warning
messages issued during POST, all system status
messages from the Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter (service processor), and all error messages issued
during diagnostic testing. See “System error log” on
page 32 for information on how to view the system error
log.
Option diskettes
An optional device or adapter can come with an Option
Diskette. Option Diskettes usually contain option-specific
diagnostic test programs or configuration files.
If your optional device or adapter comes with an Option
Diskette, follow the instructions that come with the option.
Different instructions apply depending on whether or not
the Option Diskette is startable.
Diagnostic programs
This section includes useful information on running the
diagnostic programs. These programs are designed to test
the IBM Netfinity 8500R server. If you want to test a
non-IBM product, refer to the information that comes with
that product.
10
Netfinity Server HMM
DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
Notes
1. When you run the diagnostic programs, a single
problem might cause several error messages.
When this occurs, work to correct the cause of
the first error message. After the cause of the
first error message is corrected, the other error
messages usually will not appear the next time
that you run the test.
2. You can also run the diagnostic programs
remotely with the Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter in conjunction with the Advanced
System Management service capabilities of
Netfinity Manager, a terminal program, or a Web
browser. Refer to the “Advanced System
Management Information” section of this Server
Library for more information.
Running the diagnostic programs:
While you
are running the diagnostic programs, pressing F1 displays
help information. Pressing F1 from within a help screen
provides a help index from which you can select different
categories. Pressing Esc closes the Help window and
returns to running the diagnostic programs.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
11
DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
Notes
1. To run the diagnostic programs, you must start
the server with the highest level password.
That is, if you enter the power-on password and
an administrator password is set, you cannot run
the programs. You can only view the error
messages in the Test Log.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
You must enter the administrator password to run
the diagnostic programs.
If the server stops during testing and you cannot
continue, restart the server and try running the
diagnostic programs again. If the problem
persists, have the system serviced.
If the diagnostic tests do not find a problem, but
the problem persists during normal operations,
see “Undetermined problems” on page 211 and
look for the problem symptom.
You might have to install a wrap connector on
your active parallel or serial port to obtain
accurate test results for these ports. If you do
not have a wrap connector, contact your IBM
reseller or IBM marketing representative.
You might need a scratch diskette to obtain
accurate test results when testing the diskette
drive.
The keyboard and mouse (pointing device) tests
assume that a keyboard and mouse are attached
to the server.
Starting the diagnostic programs:
To start the
diagnostic programs:
1. Ensure that there is no diskette in the diskette drive.
If the diskette drive contains a diskette, remove it.
2. Turn on the server and watch for the IBM logo
screen. If the server is turned on already, shut down
your operating system and restart the server.
3. After you start the server, several prompts appear on
the IBM logo screen. When the prompt Press F2 for
Diagnostics appears, press F2.
If a power-on password or administrator password is
set, the server prompts you for it. Type in the
appropriate password; then, press Enter.
The Diagnostics Utility program window appears.
After you start the Diagnostics Utility program, the
following menu headings will appear at the top of the
screen:
Ÿ Extended
Ÿ Basic
Ÿ Utility
Ÿ Hardware Info
Ÿ Quit
12
Netfinity Server HMM
DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS
a. Use the cursor control keys (arrow keys) to scroll
across the menu headings.
b. Press Enter to view the selections under the
main headings.
c. Use the Up Arrow (↑) and Down Arrow (↓) keys
to scroll down to the test that you want to run,
and press Enter.
Note
If you select Run Normal Test or Run Quick
Test from the Extended test menu, omit
steps 4 and 5.
d. Select the test components that you want to run.
e. Use these keys to tailor your selection:
Ÿ Space = Select a test component
Ÿ F1 = Help
Ÿ F2 = Options (a pop-up window appears)
Ÿ F3 = Test log
Ÿ F5 = Run all tests
Ÿ F10 = Deselect all
Ÿ Esc = Exit
Ÿ Enter = Run highlighted tests
Ÿ CTRL+Enter = Run tests in view
4. Select either Extended or Basic from the top of the
screen.
5. Select the test that you want to run from the list that
appears; then, follow the instructions on the screen.
When the tests have completed, you can view the
Test Log by selecting Utility from the top of the
screen.
Also, you can view server configuration information
(such as system configuration, memory contents,
interrupt request (IRQ) use, direct memory access
(DMA) use, device drivers, and so on) by selecting
Hardware Info from the top of the screen.
6. When you are finished running the tests or viewing
information in the Diagnostics Utility program, select
Quit from the top of the screen.
If the hardware checks out OK, but the problem persists
during normal server operations, a software error might be
the cause. If you suspect a software problem, refer to the
information that comes with the software package.
Using the Online Manual:
To obtain detailed
descriptions of the available tests, press F1 twice to gain
access to the Diagnostics Utility program Online Manual.
The Online Manual also describes:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The error messages that the diagnostic tests generate
The menu structure and options
The function keys
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
13
In addition, the Online Manual contains a glossary of
terms.
Viewing the test log
If you are already running the diagnostic programs,
continue with step 1 in this procedure. If you have not run
the diagnostic programs, follow the instructions in “Starting
the diagnostic programs” on page 12; then, return here.
To view the Test Log:
1. Select Utility from the top of the screen.
2. Select View Test Log from the list that appears; then,
follow the instructions on the screen.
14
Netfinity Server HMM
Features
The following list summarizes the features of the Netfinity
8500R - Type 8681.
Processors
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Intel Pentium III Xeon processor with Streaming
SIMD Extensions
Expandable to eight 550 MHz Pentium III Xeon
processors
100 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB)
16 KB of level-1 cache memory
512 KB, 1 MB, or 2 MB of level-2 cache with error
checking and correction (ECC) memory integrated
into processor
Upgradable processor speeds when available
Memory
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One memory board standard
– Sixteen 168-pin, dual inline memory-module
(DIMM) connectors
– Supports up to 8 GB
Expandable to 16 GB
100 MHz, PC100, registered synchronous dynamic
random-access memory (SDRAM) with ECC
Support for 128 MB, 256 MB, and 512 MB DIMMs
Support for a second memory board (optional)
Diskette drive
Ÿ
Ÿ
Supports one diskette drive
Standard: One 3.5-inch, 1.44 MB
Hard disk drives
Ÿ
Ÿ
Two half-high, 3.5-inch drive bays
Supports up to two internal hard disk drives
CD-ROM drive
Ÿ
Standard: Integrated drive electronics (IDE)
Expansion-slot connectors
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
12 available PCI slot connectors
– Eight 64-bit, 33 MHz, hot-plug PCI slot
connectors
– Four 64-bit, 66 MHz, hot-plug PCI slot
connectors
Standard: I/O integrated function card
Standard: Advanced System Management PCI
adapter
Upgradable features
Ÿ
Ÿ
Advanced System Management PCI adapter
upgrades (when available)
Diagnostics upgrades (when available)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
15
Ÿ
POST/BIOS upgrades (when available) to update
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
(EEPROM) on the I/O integrated function card
Security features
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Chassis-intrusion detector (tower option only)
Power-on and administrator passwords
Security-error indicator (tower option only)
Selectable drive-startup sequence
Cover lock (tower option only)
Unattended start mode
SCSI features
Ÿ
Ÿ
Wide Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) controller1
– One external connector
– One internal connector
Two bays available for internal SCSI hard disk drives
Power supplies
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Three - 750 watt power supplies standard
Redundant power available
Hot-swap capable
Auto-sensing function
Built-in overload and surge protection
Automatic restart after a loss of power
Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA) alerts
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Fans
Power supplies
Memory
Hard disk drives
Processors
Integrated functions
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16
Voltage regulators for processors
Two serial ports
Two Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports
One parallel port
Mouse port
Keyboard port
Video port
Wake on LAN capability
Alert on LAN capability
Advanced System Management PCI adapter
– Full-duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet controller for
system management use
– Advanced System Management Interconnect
port
– Two serial ports
ServeRAID adapter support
Built-in programmable read-only memory (PROM)
based diagnostics
Netfinity Server HMM
1
LVD = low-voltage differential
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
17
Configuring the server
The following information is for the Configuration/Setup
Utility program that comes with the server. In addition, this
chapter provides information on the System Partition and
the SCSISelect Utility program.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program is part of the IBM
Netfinity Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) that comes
with the server. Using these programs, you can set the
system date and time, define input and output device
parameters, and define system security.
Note
The illustrations in this chapter might differ slightly
from your hardware.
This section contains:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
18
“Accessing server programs” on page 19.
“Configuration overview” on page 19.
“The Configuration/Setup Utility program” on page 20.
“Using the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu” on
page 21.
“Using the System Partition” on page 33.
“Configuring options” on page 33.
“Resolving configuration conflicts” on page 34.
“Using the SCSISelect Utility program” on page 36.
Netfinity Server HMM
Accessing server programs
After you start the server, several prompts appear on the
IBM logo screen.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
To access the Configuration/Setup Utility program,
press F1 when the prompt Press F1 for
Configuration/Setup appears. See “The
Configuration/Setup Utility program” on page 20 and
“Using the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu” on
page 21 for additional information.
To access the Diagnostic Utility program, press F2
when the prompt Press F2 for Diagnostics appears.
For information on running the diagnostics programs,
see “Diagnostic programs” on page 10.
To access the utility programs in the System Partition,
press Alt+F1 when the prompt Press Alt+F1 for
System Partition Boot appears. See “Using the
System Partition” on page 33 for additional
information.
The IBM logo screen is similar to the following illustration.
Note
The screen might look slightly different, depending on
the BIOS version that comes with the server, and the
hardware configuration.
IBM Netfinity BIOS - © Copyright IBM Corporation 1999
SMP system 4 processor(s):
BSP is processor A1 and APs are A2, A3, A4.
Pentium III Xeon ™ 550MHz
Press F1 for Configuration/Setup
Press F2 for Diagnostics
Press ALT-F1 for System Partition Boot
>> Build ID - MMKT16AUS, BIOS Revision 1 <<
Configuration overview
You play a key role in how the server allocates resources
to organize and interconnect hardware devices and
software programs. This allocation process is referred to
as configuration. The steps required to configure the
server depend on the number and types of devices and
programs that you install.
The server supports PCI adapters and SCSI devices.
Because of this flexibility, you can choose from among
many adapters and devices.
In general, the greater the number and variety of hardware
devices and software programs that you install in the
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
19
server, the more you will have to interact with the server
and the devices to correctly configure the system.
The server comes with the following hardware
configuration programs:
Ÿ
Configuration/Setup Utility
With the built-in Configuration/Setup Utility program,
you can configure I/O functions, such as serial and
parallel port assignments; change interrupt request
(IRQ) settings; and change the startup sequence for
drives that you install. You also can use this program
to set passwords for starting up the server and
accessing the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Ÿ
SCSISelect Utility
With the built-in SCSISelect Utility program, you can
configure the SCSI devices that you attach to the
SCSI controller. You can use SCSISelect to change
default values, resolve configuration conflicts, and
perform a low-level format on a SCSI hard disk drive.
Before installing a new device or program, read the
documentation that comes with it. Reading the instructions
helps you to determine the steps required for installation
and configuration. The following actions are typically, but
not always, required to configure the server.
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and
record the current configuration settings.
2. Set jumpers or switches on server components. See
“Jumper settings” on page 125 and “I/O function card
jumpers” on page 121.
3. Set jumpers or switches on the device. See the
device installation instructions.
4. Install the device in the server. See “Preparing to
install options” on page 134.
5. Install software programs. See the installation
instructions that come with the software.
6. Resolve configuration conflicts. See “Resolving
configuration conflicts” on page 34.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program
For most configurations, the server will operate using the
default system settings. You need to change the settings
only to resolve configuration conflicts or to enable or
change device functions (for example, defining diskette
types, and so on).
When you want or need to change the default settings, the
Configuration/Setup Utility program provides a convenient
way to display and change the settings.
After you run and exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility
program, configuration information is stored in electrically
erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM).
20
Netfinity Server HMM
While the server is off, the configuration information
remains available for the next system startup.
Always run the Configuration/Setup Utility program if you
add, remove, or relocate any hardware option, or if you
receive an error message instructing you to do so. Review
this chapter and the information that comes with the option
before making changes. Also, record the current settings
before making any changes.
Attention
Maintaining a record of the configuration information is
especially important if you need to move the Clear
CMOS register contents jumper, which erases all
configuration information (see “I/O function card
jumpers” on page 121 for details).
To start the Configuration/Setup Utility program:
1. Ensure that there is no diskette in the diskette drive.
If the diskette drive contains a diskette, remove it.
2. Turn on the server and watch for the IBM logo
screen.
If the server is turned on already, shut down the
operating system and restart the server.
3. After you start the server, several prompts appear on
the IBM logo screen. When the prompt Press F1 for
Configuration/Setup appears, press F1.
The Configuration/Setup Utility main menu appears.
For information on the menu, see “Using the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.”
Note
If you enter the power-on password and an
administrator (supervisor-level) password is also
set, a limited version of the menu appears. To
see the full menu, you must restart the server
and enter the administrator password when you
are prompted to enter a password. See “System
security” on page 24 for additional information.
Using the Configuration/Setup Utility
main menu
From the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu, you can
select settings that you want to change. The
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu is similar to the
following screen.
Note
The choices on some menus might differ slightly,
depending on the BIOS version that comes with the
server.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
21
IBM Netfinity Setup - © Copyright IBM Corporation 1999
Configuration/Setup Utility
• System Summary
• System Information
• Devices and I/O Ports
• Date and Time
• System Security
• Start Options
• Advanced Setup
• Error Logs
Save Settings
Restore Settings
Load Default Settings
Exit Setup
<F1> Help
<Esc> Exit
< ↑ > < ↓ > Move
<Enter> Select
Pressing F1 displays Help information for a selected menu
item.
To change configuration settings:
1. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
highlight the menu item for the configuration setting
that you want to change; then, press Enter.
2. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
choose the appropriate setting for the selected menu
item; then, press Enter.
3. Repeat steps 1 through step 2 for each setting that
you want to change. Press Esc to return to the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
4. After making changes, you can select:
Ÿ Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Ÿ Restore Settings to delete the changes and
restore the previous settings.
Ÿ Load Default Settings to cancel the changes
and restore the factory settings.
Note
The Configuration/Setup Utility main menu
selections do not save settings, restore settings,
or load default settings for the PCI Slot/Device
Information choice. To save settings, or restore
settings for the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice, you must use the menu selections
available from the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice.
5. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility main
menu, select Exit Setup. If you made any changes
and did not save them with the Save Settings choice,
the system prompts you to save or discard the
changes when you attempt to exit from the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
22
Netfinity Server HMM
System summary:
Select this choice to display
configuration information, including the type and speed of
the processors and amount of memory.
Changes that you make to configuration settings appear on
this summary screen. You cannot edit the fields.
The System Summary choice appears on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu and on the limited
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
System information:
Select this choice to display
information on the Netfinity 8500R server. Changes that
you make on other menus might appear on this summary
screen. You cannot edit any fields. The System
Information choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Product data: Select this choice to view system
information, such as the machine type and model, the
system serial number, and the revision level or issue date
of the BIOS stored on the flash EEPROM.
System card data: Select this choice to view vital
product data (VPD) for some Netfinity 8500R server
components.
Devices and I/O ports: Software recognizes ports
through their port assignments. Each port must have a
unique port assignment. The Configuration/Setup Utility
program normally handles this, but you might have special
hardware or software that requires you to change these
assignments.
Select the Devices and I/O Ports choice to view or
change the assignments for devices and input/output ports.
You can add serial ports by installing a serial adapter in an
expansion slot. See the documentation that comes with
the serial adapter for information on port assignments.
You can configure the parallel port as bidirectional; that is,
so that data can be both read from and written to a device.
In bidirectional mode, the server supports Extended
Capabilities Port (ECP) and Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP).
To display or change the assignments for devices, the
serial ports, or parallel port:
1. Select Devices and I/O Ports.
2. Select a device or port; use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through the settings.
The Devices and I/O Ports choice appears only on
the full Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
23
Notes
1. When you configure the parallel port as
bidirectional, use an Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1284-compliant
cable. The maximum length of the cable must
not exceed 3 meters (9.8 feet).
2. If you install a Universal Serial Bus (USB)
keyboard that has a mouse port, the USB
keyboard emulates a mouse and you will not be
able to disable the mouse settings in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
3. Check the operating system documentation to
see if the operating system supports USB
devices.
4. If the operating system supports USB devices,
the USB is configured automatically.
Date and time:
Select this choice to set the system
date and time.
The system time is in a 24-hour format:
hour:minute:second.
The system date is in the standard format for your country.
For example, in the United States, the format is
MM/DD/YYYY (Month/Day/Year).
Select Date and Time; then, use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through each data field.
Type the new information; the system saves the
information as you type it.
The Date and Time choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
System security: To control access to the
information in the server databases, you can implement
two levels of password protection. Implementing these
security measures helps you to ensure the integrity of the
data and programs that are stored in the server.
After you set a power-on password, you can enable the
unattended-start mode. This locks the keyboard and
mouse, but allows the system to start the operating
system. The keyboard and mouse remain locked until you
enter the correct password.
The System Security choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
After you set a power-on or administrator password, you
must enter the password when you turn on the server.
(The passwords do not appear on the screen as you type
them.)
24
Netfinity Server HMM
Type of Password
No password set
Results
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on password
only
Ÿ
Ÿ
Administrator
password only
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Administrator and
power-on password
No password is required to start the system.
You can access all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
No security features are enabled.
Intrusion cable (tower configuration only) will
not sense any cover removal.
You must enter the password to complete
the system startup.
You can access all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
You must enter the password to complete
the system startup.
The Administrator password provides
access to all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
If you need to run the flash update program
and the administrator password has been
set, you must enter the administrator
password when you run the flash update
program.
You must enter this password to enable
system security feature.
Intrusion detection (tower configuration only)
will sense cover removal.
You can enter either password to complete the
system startup.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The administrator password provides
access to all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. You
can set, change, or delete both the
administrator and power-on passwords, and
allow a power-on password to be changed
by the user.
The power-on password provides access to
a limited set of choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. This
limited access might include changing or
deleting the power-on password.
If you forget the power-on password, and
the administrator password has been set,
use the administrator password at the
power-on password prompt; then, start the
Configuration/Setup Utility program and
change the power-on password.
If you need to run the flash update program
and the administrator password has been
set, you must enter the administrator
password when you run the flash update
program.
You must enter the administrator password
to enable system security feature.
Intrusion detection (tower configuration only)
will sense cover removal.
Using the power-on password menu: When a
power-on password is set, you must enter a password
each time that you start the system.
When a power-on password is set, POST does not
complete until you enter the password. If you forget the
power-on password, you can regain access to the server
through one of the following methods:
Ÿ
If an administrator password has been set, enter the
administrator password at the power-on prompt. (If
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
25
Ÿ
Ÿ
necessary, see “Using the administrator password
menu” on page 27 for details.) Start the
Configuration/Setup Utility program and change the
power-on password as previously described in this
section (see steps 1 through 4).
You can change the position of the Password
override jumper, as described in “Jumper settings” on
page 125.
You can remove the battery and then install the
battery. See “Battery replacement” on page 49.
To set a power-on password:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password menu appears.
2. Type the password in the Enter Power-on Password
data field.
You can use any combination of up to seven
characters (A–Z, a–z, and 0–9) for your power-on
password. Keep a record of your password in a
secure place.
3. Move the cursor to the Enter Power-on Password
Again data field and type the password again.
Note
A message appears if the two passwords do not
match. If this happens, press Esc to cancel the
request and return to the System Security menu.
4. Select Change Power-on Password to save the new
password; then, press Enter.
To delete a power-on password:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password menu appears.
2. Select Delete Power-on Password; then, press
Enter.
3. A confirmation window appears. Press Enter to
delete the power-on password. Press Esc to cancel
the request and return to the System Security menu.
To allow the system to start in unattended-start mode
when a power-on password is set:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password screen appears.
2. Select Allow for unattended boot with password.
Press the Left Arrow (←) key or Right Arrow (→) key
to toggle the entry to On.
26
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
The Allow for unattended boot with password
data field must be set to On for the system to
support locally or remotely scheduled system
shutdowns or restarts in unattended-start mode.
Using the administrator password menu: The
administrator password (sometimes called a
supervisor-level password) controls access to some
features of the server, including the Configuration/Setup
Utility program.
Attention:
If an administrator password is set and then forgotten,
it cannot be overridden or removed. You must contact
your IBM service technician.
To set an administrator password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu: then, press Enter.
The Administrator Password menu appears.
2. Type the password in the Enter Administrator
Password data field.
A password can contain any combination of up to
seven alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, and 0–9).
Keep a record of your password in a secure place.
3. Move the cursor to the Enter Administrator
Password Again data field and type the password
again.
Note
A message appears if the two passwords do not
match. If this happens, press Esc to cancel the
request and return to the System Security menu.
4. Select Change Administrator Password to save the
new password; then, press Enter. The password
becomes effective immediately.
To delete an administrator password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Administrator Password menu appears.
2. Select Delete Administrator Password; then, press
Enter.
3. A confirmation window appears. Press Enter to
delete the administrator password. Press Esc to
return to the System Security menu.
To enable a user to change the power-on password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
27
The Administrator Password screen appears.
2. Select Power-on password changeable by user.
Press the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to
toggle the entry to Yes.
When this choice is enabled, System Security appears on
the limited Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. The
System Security menu contains the Power-on Password
choice.
Note
If you need to run the flash update program and the
administrator password has been set, you must enter
the administrator password when you run the flash
update program.
Start options:
Start options take effect when you
start the server.
You can select keyboard operating characteristics, such as
the keyboard speed. You also can specify whether the
keyboard number lock starts on or off. You also can
enable the server to run without a diskette drive or a
monitor.
The server uses a startup sequence to determine the
device from which the operating system loads. For
example, you can define a startup sequence that checks
for a startable diskette in the diskette drive, then checks
the hard disk drive in bay 1, and then checks a network
adapter.
Attention
If the CD-ROM drive contains a startable CD, you
must remove the CD if you want to use a startup
sequence that begins with a startable diskette.
You can enable a virus-detection test that checks for
changes in the master boot record at startup. You also
can choose to run POST in the enhanced mode or the
quick mode.
Select Start Options; then, use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through each data field.
The Start Options choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Advanced setup: Select Advanced Setup to
change values for advanced hardware features, such as
cache control, PCI configuration, and processor serial
number access.
A warning message displays above the choices on this
menu, to alert you that the system might malfunction if
28
Netfinity Server HMM
these options are configured incorrectly. Follow the
instructions on the screen carefully.
Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to scroll
through each data field after you select one of the setup
options.
The Advanced Setup choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Processor serial number access: Select this
choice to enable or disable the processor serial-number
security feature. This feature has a variety of uses.
Review the information that comes with the processor to
determine the best use for your organization. In addition,
you can check the following Web site for details on the
processor serial number access feature:
http://www.intel.com
The default value is Disabled. To change this value,
select Processor Serial Number Access from the
Advanced Setup menu; then, use the Up Arrow (↑) or
Down Arrow (↓) key to highlight the Processor Serial
Number Access choice. Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right
Arrow (→) key to select Enabled. Enabling the processor
serial number access feature changes the server
configuration. Therefore, after you enable this feature,
save the new configuration information in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. Start the
Configuration/Setup Utility program and select Save
Settings. See “Using the Configuration/Setup Utility main
menu” on page 21 for more information. You must shut
down and restart the server to implement this change.
When you restart the server, the system displays a
message indicating that the configuration has changed.
Modify front panel text: Select this choice to modify
the text that appears on the server front panel. For an
illustration of the front panel, see “Front panel” on
page 79.
To delete text, backspace to the left; then, press the Del or
Delete key.
The default value is IBM Netfinity 8500R. To change this
value, select Modify Front Panel Text from the Advanced
Setup menu; then, use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow
(↓) key to highlight the Modify Front Panel Text choice.
When the Modify Front Panel Text menu appears, use
the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to highlight one of
the following choices:
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
29
Ÿ
First line of text
Ÿ
Currently, the First line of text value is IBM Netfinity.
You may change this value to one with a maximum of
16 characters. You may use any valid combination of
alphanumeric characters.
Second line of text
Ÿ
Currently, the Second line of text value is 8500R.
You may change this value to one with a maximum of
16 characters. You may use any valid combination of
alphanumeric characters.
Save front panel text changes
Ÿ
Select this choice if you want to save the changes
that you made to the front-panel text.
Set front panel text to default
Select this choice if you want to change the
front-panel text to its default value of IBM Netfinity
8500R.
PCI slot/device information: Select this choice to
view and identify system resources used by PCI devices.
PCI devices automatically communicate with the server
configuration information. This usually results in automatic
configuration of a PCI device. If a conflict does occur, see
“Resolving configuration conflicts” on page 34.
Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to highlight
the assignment that you want to change and press Enter.
Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to select
from the list of available choices. An asterisk (*) indicates
that more than one device shares a slot. After making
changes, you can select:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Restore Settings to delete the changes and restore
the previous settings.
Note
You can use the menu selections to save settings or
restore settings for the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice only. The Configuration/Setup Utility main
menu selections save settings, restore settings, or
load default settings for all other choices, but not the
PCI Slot/Device Information choice.
The server uses a rotational interrupt technique to
configure PCI devices. Because of this technique, you can
install a variety of PCI devices that currently do not support
sharing of PCI interrupts (IRQs). Multiple-function PCI
devices use more than one interrupt.
Cache control: Select this choice to enable or disable
the processor cache. In addition, you can define the
processor cache type as write-back (WB) or write-through
30
Netfinity Server HMM
(WT). Selecting write-back mode will provide the
maximum system performance.
The default values are Write back and Enabled. For
proper server operation, do not change the values in this
field.
Note
You cannot enable or disable the cache for individual
processors.
Memory settings: Select this choice to manually
disable or enable a dual inline memory module (DIMM)
slot.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you replaced a defective DIMM, you must manually
enable the DIMM slot in the Configuration/Setup
Utility program. In this case, the system does not
automatically access the Configuration/Setup Utility
program to enable the DIMM slot.
If a memory error is detected during POST or
memory configuration, the server can automatically
disable the failing DIMM slot and continue operating
with reduced memory capacity. If this occurs, you
must manually enable the DIMM slot after the
problem is corrected.
You can diagnose to just one DIMM.
To manually enable a DIMM slot:
1. Select Memory Settings from the Advanced Setup
menu.
2. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
highlight the DIMM slot that you want to enable.
3. Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to
select Enable.
For additional information on DIMMs, see “DIMM and
memory board installation” on page 63.
Processor settings: Select this choice to manually
enable a processor slot.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you replaced a defective processor, you must
manually enable the processor slot in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. In this case, the
system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup Utility program to enable the
processor slot.
If a processor error is detected during POST or
runtime, the server can automatically disable the
failing processors and restart the system to
reconfigure without the defective processors. If this
occurs, you must manually enable the processor slots
after the problem is corrected.
To manually enable a processor slot:
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
31
1. Select Processor Settings from the Advanced Setup
menu.
2. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
highlight the processor slot that you want to enable.
3. Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to
select Enable.
For additional information on processors, see “Processor
housing assembly” on page 146.
MPS version control: Select this choice to view and
identify the multiprocessor specification (MPS) level. The
default value is 1.4. Refer to the documentation that
comes with the operating system for more information.
Error logs: Select Error Logs to choose to view
either the POST error log or the system error log.
POST error log: Select POST Error Log to view up to
three error codes and messages that the system
generated during POST. You can clear the error log by
selecting Clear error logs.
System error log: Select System Error Log to view
the system error log. The system error log contains all the
system, error, and warning messages that the system has
generated. You can use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow
(↓) keys to move between pages in the system error log.
Save settings: After you make configuration
changes, review them to be sure that they contain the
correct information. If the information is correct, select
Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Restore settings:
After you make configuration
changes, review them to be sure that they contain the
correct information. If the information is incorrect, or if you
do not want to save these changes, select Restore
Settings to delete the changes and restore the previous
settings.
Load default settings: If you make configuration
changes and then decide that you want to use default
values instead, select Load Default Settings to cancel the
changes and restore the factory settings.
Exit setup: To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility
main menu, select Exit Setup. If you made changes and
did not save them with the Save Settings choice, the
system prompts you to either save the changes or exit
without saving the changes. Follow the instructions on the
menu.
32
Netfinity Server HMM
Using the System Partition
The IBM ServerGuide program creates a 50 MB logical
partition on the default hard disk drive. This partition is
known as the System Partition. On some Netfinity server
models, the System Partition provides server-specific utility
programs, such as the Service Processor DOS Utility
Program. The System Partition Main Menu displays the
programs available for the server model. The System
Partition is a recent enhancement for the Netfinity server
products.
Notes
1. Not all server models support running utility
programs from the System Partition. For a
current list of the supported Netfinity servers,
start the Netfinity Setup and Installation CD, and
click Learn about ServerGuide.
2. You can only install the System Partition from the
Netfinity Setup and Installation CD.
You may choose to use the System Partition for various
utility program functions.
To access the System Partition:
1. Ensure that there is no diskette in the diskette drive.
If the diskette drive contains a diskette, remove it.
2. Turn on the server and watch for the IBM logo
screen.
If the server is turned on already, shut down the
operating system and restart the server.
3. After you start the server, several prompts appear on
the IBM logo screen. To access the System Partition
Main Menu, press Alt+F1 when the prompt Press
Alt+F1 for System Partition Boot appears. The
System Partition Main Menu appears.
For a complete list and description of the utility programs
that the server supports through the System Partition, see
the System Partition Main Menu.
To exit from the System Partition Main Menu, follow the
instructions on the menu.
For additional information on the ServerGuide program,
refer to the “ServerGuide and Netfinity Manager
Information” section of this Server Library.
Configuring options
Before installing a new device or program, read the
documentation that comes with it. Reading the instructions
helps you to determine the steps that are required for
installation and configuration. The following list provides a
preview of the actions that might be required to configure
the server.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
33
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and
record the current configuration settings. See “The
Configuration/Setup Utility program” on page 20.
2. Set jumpers or switches on the server components.
See “Jumper settings” on page 125 and “I/O function
card jumpers” on page 121.
3. Set jumpers or switches on the device. See the
instructions that come with the adapter.
4. Install the adapter in the server. See “Adapters” on
page 43.
5. Install software programs. See the installation
instructions that come with the software.
6. Resolve configuration conflicts. See “Resolving
configuration conflicts.”
Resolving configuration conflicts
The resources used by the server consist of interrupt
requests, direct memory access (DMA), I/O ports
addresses, and memory. This information is useful when a
resource configuration conflict occurs.
Conflicts in the configuration occur if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A device is installed that requires the same resource
as another device. (For example, a conflict occurs
when two adapters try to write to the same address
space.)
A device resource is changed (for example, changing
jumper settings).
A device function is changed (for example, assigning
COM1 to two serial ports).
A software program is installed that requires the same
resource as a hardware device.
The steps required to resolve a configuration error are
determined by the number and variety of hardware devices
and software programs that you install. If a hardware
configuration error is detected, a configuration error
message appears after the server completes POST and
before the operating system is loaded. You can bypass
the error by pressing Esc while the error message is
displayed.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program configures the
system hardware and PCI IRQs. The program does not
consider the requirements of the operating system or the
application programs. See “Resolving software
configuration conflicts” on page 35 for additional
information.
Resolving hardware configuration
conflicts: Use the following information to help resolve
hardware configuration conflicts:
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program to view
and change resources used by the system functions
34
Netfinity Server HMM
2.
3.
4.
5.
and the installed options. Record the current settings
before making any changes. (See “The
Configuration/Setup Utility program” on page 20 for
instructions.)
Determine which adapter or device is causing the
conflict. (See “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 166
for instructions.)
Change adapter jumpers or switches. Some devices
use jumpers and switches to define the system
resources that the devices need. If the settings are
incorrect or set to use a resource that cannot be
shared, a conflict occurs and the device will remain
deactivated by the configuration program.
Change system jumpers or switches. See “Jumper
settings” on page 125.
Remove the device or adapter. Some configurations
are not supported. If you must remove an adapter,
see “Adapters” on page 43.
Resolving software configuration conflicts:
The memory-address space and IRQs used by some
hardware options might conflict with addresses defined for
use through application programs or the expanded memory
specification (EMS). (EMS is used only with DOS.)
If a conflict exists, one or more of the following conditions
might exist:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The system cannot load the operating system.
The system does not work.
An application program does not operate, or it returns
an error.
Screen messages indicate a conflict exists.
To resolve conflicts, you can change the software or
hardware configuration.
Note
Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program to view
the addresses used by the server functions. (See
“The Configuration/Setup Utility program” on page 20
for instructions.)
The best way to resolve memory-address conflicts is to
change the addresses used by the application program or
the device driver. You can use the Configuration/Setup
Utility program to change addresses.
If a device driver is causing a memory-address conflict,
refer to the operating-system documentation or the
documentation that comes with the device drivers.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
35
Using the SCSISelect Utility program
Note
If the server has a redundant array of independent
disks (RAID) adapter installed, use the configuration
method that comes with the RAID adapter to view or
change SCSI settings for attached devices.
The server comes with a menu-driven configuration utility,
called SCSISelect, that allows you to view and change
SCSI settings.
You can use the SCSISelect Utility program to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
View and change the default SCSI IDs
Verify and change configuration conflicts
Perform a low-level format on a SCSI hard disk
Starting the SCSISelect Utility program:
You can access this program when you start the server.
The SCSISelect prompt appears after the IBM logo
appears. Press Ctrl+A immediately after the SCSISelect
prompt appears:
<<< Press <CTRL><A> for SCSISelect Utility! >>>
Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to move the
highlight bar to the various menu choices. Press Esc to
return to the previous menu. Also, you can press the F5
key to switch between color and monochrome modes (if
the monitor permits). To change the settings of the
displayed items, follow the directions on the screen. Then,
press Enter.
SCSISelect Utility program choices: The
following choices appear on the SCSISelect Utility program
menu:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings
SCSI Disk Utilities
Configure/view host adapter settings: To view or
change the SCSI controller settings, select
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings and follow the
directions on the screen.
Note
On the SCSISelect Utility program menu, the SCSI
controller is referred to as the Host Adapter.
This menu has the following choices:
Ÿ
Ÿ
36
Host Adapter SCSI ID The default SCSI ID of the
SCSI controller is 7. Do not change this value.
SCSI Parity Checking The default value is Enabled.
Do not change this value.
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Host Adapter SCSI Termination The default value is
Automatic. Do not change this value.
Boot Device Configuration Select this choice to
configure startable device parameters. Before you
can make updates, you must know the ID of the
device whose parameters you want to configure.
SCSI Device Configuration Select this choice to
configure SCSI device parameters. Before you can
make updates, you must know the ID of the device
whose parameters you want to configure.
Note
For external SCSI tape drives, set Send Start
Unit Command to Off for that SCSI ID. This
ensures proper server operation. When the
Maximum Sync Transfer Rate is set to 40.0,
this value represents the transfer rate for
UltraSCSI devices. When the Maximum Sync
Transfer Rate is set to 20.0, this value
represents the transfer rate for Fast SCSI
devices.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Advanced Configuration Options Select this choice to
view or change the settings for advanced
configuration options. These options include enabling
support for large hard disk drives and support for
drives with UltraSCSI speed.
BIOS Information The BIOS information appears on
the Configure/View Host Adapter Settings main
menu screen. The BIOS information is displayed in a
pop-up window, below the selectable menu items.
This window contains:
1. Interrupt (IRQ) Channel
2. I/O Port Address
These values vary according to the current BIOS
settings for the server; however, you cannot change
the settings for the BIOS information.
To reset the SCSI controller defaults, press F6; then,
follow the directions on the screen.
SCSI disk utilities: To see the IDs that are assigned
to each SCSI device or to format a SCSI device, select
SCSI Disk Utilities from the SCSISelect Utility program
menu.
To use the utility, select a drive from the list. Read the
screens carefully before making a selection.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
37
Note
If the following screen appears, you might have
pressed Ctrl+A before the selected drives were ready.
Restart the server and watch for the SCSISelect
messages as each drive spins up. After the drive that
you want to view or format spins up, press Ctrl+A.
à
Unexpected SCSI Command Failure
Target SCSI ID:
4
SCSI CDB Sent:
ð3 ðð ðð ðð ðE ðð ð7 ðð ð2 ðð
ð
Host Adapter Status: ððh - No host adapter error
Target Status:
ð2h - Check condition
Sense Key:
ð2h - Not ready
+Sense Code:
ð4h
+Sense Code Qualifier: ð2h
Press 'Esc' to continue.
á
ñ
Performing a low-level disk format: You can use
the Format Disk feature of the SCSISelect Utility program
to perform a low-level format on a hard disk drive.
The amount of processing time that the low-level format
program requires will vary according to the hard disk drive
capacity.
When to use the low-level format program: Use
the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
When you get recurring messages from the diagnostic
tests directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk drive
As a last resort before replacing a failing hard disk
drive
Note
For information on backing up all of your files, see the
operating-system documentation.
Starting the low-level format program
Attention
The low-level format program erases all data and
programs.
38
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
If the server has a RAID adapter installed, refer to the
RAID adapter documentation for instructions for
performing a low-level format on a hard disk drive
attached to the PCI RAID adapter.
1. If the hard disk is working, make a backup copy of all
the files and programs on the hard disk drive
2. Select Format Disk; then, follow the instructions on
the screen.
Note
Hard disks normally contain more tracks than
their stated capacity (to allow for defective
tracks). A message appears on the screen if the
defect limit is reached. If this happens, have the
system serviced.
3. To install an operating system after the hard disk
drive is formatted, follow the instructions in the
“ServerGuide and Netfinity Manager Information”
section of this Server Library.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
39
Specifications
Specifications for the Netfinity 8500R server.
Size
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Depth: 747 mm (29.4 in.)
Height: 356 mm (14 in.) (8 U)
Width: 440 mm (17.3 in.)
Weight
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unpacked, minimum configuration:
67 kg (147 lb.)
Unpacked, maximum configuration:
77.5 kg (170 lb.)
Electrical input
Ÿ
Ÿ
Sine-wave input (50± or 60± Hz) is required
Input voltage
– Low range
- Minimum: 90 V AC
- Maximum: 137 V AC
– High range
- Minimum: 180 V AC
- Maximum: 265 V AC
– Input kilovolt-amperes (KVA) approximately
- Minimum configuration as shipped: 0.5
KVA
- Maximum configuration: 2.1 KVA
Environment
Ÿ
Ÿ
Air temperature
– System on: 10° to 35° C (50° to 95° F)
Altitude: 0 to 914 m (3000 ft.)
– System on: 10° to 32° C (50° to 89.6° F)
Altitude: 0 to 2133 m (7000 ft.)
– System off: 10° to 43° C (50° to 110° F)
Humidity
– System on:
8% to 80%; maximum wet-bulb 23° C (73.4° F)
– System off:
8% to 80%; maximum wet-bulb 27° C (80.6° F)
Electrostatic discharge
Ÿ
Tested to 20 KV
Immunity
Ÿ
Verified to comply with
EN 50082-2
40
Netfinity Server HMM
Acoustical noise emission values
Declared (upper limit) sound power levels
Ÿ
Ÿ
Netfinity
– 6.1
– 6.1
Netfinity
– 6.2
– 6.2
8500R server (rack server)
bels operating
bels idle
8500R server (tower option)
bels operating
bels idle
Mean value of the A-weighted sound pressure levels at
the bystander (1 meter) position
Ÿ
Ÿ
Netfinity 8500R server (rack server)
– 45.0 dB operating
– 45.0 dB idle
Netfinity 8500R server (tower option)
– 43.5 dB operating
– 43.0 dB idle
Heat output
Ÿ
Approximate heat output
in British thermal units (Btu) per hour:
– Minimum configuration: 1700 Btu/hr.
– Maximum configuration: 7000 Btu/hr.
Safety standards
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
UL 1950, Third Edition
CSA C22.2 No. 950-95
EN 60950 and countries deviations
IEC 950
NOM-019
Notes
1. These levels are measured in controlled
acoustical environments according to ISO 7779,
and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
The declared sound power levels indicate an
upper limit, below which a large portion of
machines operate.
2. These values apply to a random sample of
machines.
3. There is no impulsive noise, and there are no
prominent tones.
4. For additional information on the Netfinity 8500R
server (tower option), refer to IBM Netfinity
Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit Installation
Instructions.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
41
Locations
The following information supports the Netfinity 8500R Type 8681 server.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
42
“Adapters” on page 43.
“Advanced System Management PCI adapter” on
page 47.
“Battery replacement” on page 49.
“Before you begin to install optional hardware” on
page 52.
“CD-ROM drive removal” on page 55.
“Completing the installation” on page 56.
“Controls and indicators” on page 60.
“DIMM and memory board installation” on page 63.
“Diskette drive removal” on page 69.
“External options” on page 70.
“Front panel” on page 79.
“Hot-swap Power supplies” on page 80.
“Hot-swap fan installation/removal” on page 83.
“Hot-plug PCI adapter installation” on page 84.
“Hot-swap power supply installation/removal” on
page 92.
“Installing the server in and removing the server from
the rack enclosure” on page 96.
“Internal drives installation” on page 110.
“I/O board component locations” on page 116.
“I/O board removal” on page 117.
“I/O function card component locations” on page 120.
“Input/output connectors and expansion slots” on
page 122.
“Jumper settings” on page 125.
“LED card removal” on page 129.
“Memory board component locations” on page 130.
“Midplane removal” on page 132.
“Power control card removal” on page 133.
“Preparing to install options” on page 134.
“Processor-controller board component locations” on
page 140.
“Processor-controller board jumpers” on page 141.
“Processor-daughterboard component locations” on
page 143.
“Processor fan replacement” on page 144.
“Processor housing assembly” on page 146.
“SCSI backplane component locations” on page 160.
“SCSI backplane removal” on page 161.
“System reliability considerations” on page 162.
“Understanding the Netfinity 8500R server design” on
page 163.
“Working inside a server with power on” on page 165.
Netfinity Server HMM
Adapters
You can add adapters to extend the capabilities and power
of the server.
You add the adapters to the expansion connectors, called
slots, on the I/O board of the server. All slots are PCI
expansion slots. The server supports up to 12 adapters in
the PCI slots. There are two additional dedicated slots for
the I/O function card and the Advanced System
Management PCI adapter.
You can install a new PCI adapter or replace an existing
PCI adapter with the same type of adapter without turning
the server power off and restarting the system. These
slots are called hot-pluggable PCI slots. They are also
referred to as hot-plug PCI slots.
A PCI adapter comes with built-in identification and
configuration specifications (set in memory on the device)
that provide installation information to the server during
startup. This information is read by the input/output (I/O)
bus and interpreted by the server BIOS. The BIOS
routines automatically configure the adapter around the
resources already in use by other devices.
The server comes with a video controller. This video
controller is an integrated component on the I/O function
card. The integrated video controller has super video
graphics array (SVGA) technology.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
43
The following illustration shows the location of the
expansion slots and other components referred to in these
steps.
.1/ Midplane connector
.2/ I/O function card slot
.3/ Voltage regulator module (VRM) connectors
.4/ Advanced System Management PCI adapter slot
.5/ USB 1 and USB 2 port connectors
.6/ PCI switch card connector
.7/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 10–12 (bus A, 33 MHz)
.8/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 8–9 (bus B, 66 MHz)
.9/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 6–7 (bus C, 66 MHz)
.1ð/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 1–5 (bus D, 33 MHz)
.11/ Hot-plug external attention/fail LED for PCI slot
(green blink = attention, amber = defective PCI
adapter)
.12/ Hot-plug internal attention/fail LED for PCI slot
(green blink = attention, amber = defective PCI
adapter)
.13/ Hot-plug power LED for PCI slot (green solid,
on)
PCI slot LED descriptions:
Each PCI slot has
two lights associated with it — one Attention/Fail light and
one Power On light.
Ÿ
Ÿ
44
Power On Light: This light is on when the PCI slot
is active and has power. Do not add or remove an
adapter from the PCI slot when the Power On light is
on. When this light is off, the PCI slot is inactive and
has no power applied. You can install or remove an
adapter when the Power On light is off. Refer to the
operating-system documentation to determine if the
operating system supports hot-plug PCI adapters.
Attention/Fail Lights: These are bi-color lights.
When an Attention/Fail light flashes green, it indicates
the PCI Hot-Plug Attention function. The meaning of
Netfinity Server HMM
the Attention light is defined by the operating system.
Refer to the operating-system documentation to
determine if the operating system supports hot-plug
PCI adapters and, if so, what the Attention light
indicates. When this light is solid amber, it indicates
a failure on the PCI adapter installed in the slot.
Adapter considerations:
Before you continue with
the adapter-installation procedure:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Review and follow the instructions that come with the
adapter and the operating system in addition to the
instructions given in this chapter. If you need to
change the switch or jumper settings on the adapter,
follow the instructions that come with the adapter
documentation.
Manual assignment of interrupts is never required
with operating systems that use the Advanced
Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC) interrupt
structure. Although you can manually assign
interrupts through the Configuration/Setup utility
program, most adapters designed for PCI slots are
auto-configuring. If the required resources are
available, the BIOS software automatically configures
an adapter around the resources already in use by
other devices. The default setting is generally the
most appropriate. If you choose to manually assign
interrupts, be sure that these interrupts do not conflict
with existing values. If a conflict does occur, see
“Resolving configuration conflicts” on page 34.
For a list of compatible RAID adapters, and
installation requirements, refer to
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/compat/ on the World
Wide Web. If you install a RAID adapter, configure
the adapter using the RAID adapter documentation.
The I/O function card slot can support only the I/O
function card. It is not an expansion slot.
The Advanced System Management PCI adapter slot
can support only the Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter. It is not an expansion slot.
Attention
You must have the Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter installed for proper
operation of the server and to use the
system-management functions that the adapter
provides. See “Understanding the Netfinity
8500R server design” on page 163 for more
information about the Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter.
The integrated video controller is not removable. If you
want to disable this controller and use a video adapter
instead, you can install a video adapter in an expansion
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
45
slot. If you want a monitor to be the startup monitor, install
a video adapter in slot 10, 11, or 12. When you install a
PCI video adapter in one of these slots, the server BIOS
automatically disables the integrated video controller.
Table 1 contains information on the requirements for the
PCI adapter slots and PCI buses in the server.
Table 1. PCI adapter information
Bus
Slots
Speed
PCI slot
keying
A
10–12
33 MHz
5.0 V
B
8–9
66 MHz
3.3 V
C
6–7
66 MHz
3.3 V
D
1–5
33 MHz
5.0 V
Notes:
1. All expansion slots are hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots.
2. You can install:
a. A full-length or half-length, 32-bit or 64-bit, 5 V or Universal,
hot-plug or non-hot-plug PCI adapter in slots 1–5 or 10–12.
66 MHz PCI adapters plugged into these slots will operate at
33 MHz.
b. A full-length or half-length, 32-bit or 64-bit, 3.3 V or Universal,
hot-plug or non-hot-plug PCI adapter in slots 6–7 and 8–9. A
33 MHz PCI adapter installed in one of these slots limits a 66
MHz PCI adapter installed on the same bus to 33 MHz.
3. To optimize performance, spread the installation of high-speed
adapters, such as 66 MHz Ethernet adapters, between the two 66
MHz PCI buses.
Configuring adapters:
PCI devices automatically
communicate with the server configuration information.
This usually results in automatic configuration of a PCI
device. From the Configuration/Setup utility program, you
can select available resources for the adapter that you are
installing. If a conflict does occur, see “Resolving
configuration conflicts” on page 34.
Refer to the documentation that comes with the adapter for
information about required system resources. Then, make
the appropriate jumper or switch settings on the adapter.
46
Netfinity Server HMM
Advanced System Management PCI
adapter
With a Advanced System Management PCI adapter, in
conjunction with Netfinity Manager, you can locally and
remotely configure and monitor many features of the
server.
Attention
The server must have the Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter installed for proper server
operation and to use the system-management
functions that the adapter provides.
The Advanced System Management PCI Adapter contains
the connectors for the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port, dual
serial port, Advanced System Management Interconnect
bus, Personal Computer Memory Card International
Association (PCMCIA) token-ring, and the I/O function
card.
For more information:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
See “Adapters” on page 43 for an overview.
See “External options” on page 70 for a detailed
description of the connectors.
See “Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
component locations” on page 48 for a layout that
shows the component locations.
Refer to the “Advanced System Management
Information” section of this Server Library for
installation, startup, and operating instructions.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
47
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
component locations: The following simplified
layout of the Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
identifies the components.
.1/ 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port connector (J8)
.2/ Dual serial port connector (J11)
.3/ Advanced System Management Interconnect (RS
485) bus connector (J16)
.4/ External power supply connector (12 V DC jack
J19, not used)
.5/ PCMIA token ring connector (J2)
.6/ Power on LED (CR2 bottom)
.7/ Processor error LED (CR2 top)
.8/ Ethernet activity LED (CR3 bottom)
.9/ Ethernet link LED (CR3 top)
.1ð/ I/O function card connector
.11/ Reserved J9
48
Netfinity Server HMM
Battery replacement
IBM has designed this product with your safety in mind.
The lithium battery must be handled correctly to avoid
possible danger. If you replace the battery, you must
adhere to the following instructions.
Caution
When replacing the lithium battery, use only IBM Part
Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery
recommended by the manufacturer. If your system
has a module containing a lithium battery, replace it
only with the same module type made by the same
manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can
explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
In the U.S., please call 1-800-IBM-4333 for information on
battery disposal. To order replacement batteries, call
1-800-388-7080 within the United States, and
1-800-465-7999 or 1-800-465-6666 within Canada. Outside
the U.S. and Canada, call your IBM reseller or IBM
marketing representative.
Before you begin, be sure you have:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240 and
“Handling electrostatic discharge-sensitive
devices” on page 244.
Follow any special handling and installation
instructions supplied with the replacement
battery.
After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure your
server and reset the system date and time.
To replace the battery:
1. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and
disconnect all external cables and power cords (see
“Preparing to install options” on page 134); then,
remove the top cover (see “Removing the top cover”
on page 136).
2. Remove the I/O function card from the server:
a. Refer to the following illustration while you
perform the steps in this procedure.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
49
b. Disconnect all cables .1/ from the I/O function
card .2/. Note carefully where each cable is
connected before you remove it. See “I/O
function card component locations” on page 120
for the connector locations on the I/O function
card.
c. Remove the two screws .4/ located on the metal
connector plate inside the server.
d. Remove the I/O function card retention bracket
.3/ on the right side of the card by pulling out
the fastener on the bracket.
e. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge and pull the I/O function card out of the
server.
f. Place the I/O function card connector-side up on
a flat, static-protective surface.
3. Locate the battery on the I/O function card (see “I/O
function card component locations” on page 120).
4. Remove the battery:
a. Use one finger to lift the battery clip over the
battery.
b. Use one finger to slightly slide the battery toward
the rear of the I/O function card. The spring
mechanism behind the battery will push it out
toward you as you slide it forward.
c. Use your thumb and index finger to pull the
battery from under the battery clip.
d. Ensure that the battery clip is touching the base
of the battery socket by pressing gently on the
clip.
5. Insert the new battery:
a. Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the
front of the socket, under the battery clip.
50
Netfinity Server HMM
b. As you slide it under the battery clip, press the
battery down into the socket.
6. Install the I/O function card:
a. Refer to the illustration in step 2a on page 49
while you perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge, and insert the tabs on the bottom edge of
the metal connector plate in the matching
openings on the server back panel.
c. Align the I/O function card with the guide on the
opposite end of the adapter and the slot on the
I/O board.
d. Press the I/O function card firmly into the slot.
Attention
When you install the I/O function card in the
server, be sure that it is completely and
correctly seated. Incomplete insertion might
cause damage to server components.
e. Reinstall the I/O function card retention bracket
that you removed in step 2d on page 50 by
pressing in the fastener on the bracket.
f. Insert the two screws that you removed in step
2c on page 50.
g. Connect the cables that you disconnected in
step 2b on page 50. See “I/O function card
component locations” on page 120 for the
connector locations on the I/O function card.
7. Reinstall the top cover and complete the installation
(see “Completing the installation” on page 56).
Note
You will have to wait approximately 20 seconds
after you plug the power cord of your server into
an electrical outlet for the Power Control button
to become active.
8. Start the Configuration/Setup utility program and reset
configuration parameters as needed.
Ÿ To reset the system date and time, continue with
“Date and time” on page 24.
Ÿ To reset the power-on password, continue with
“Using the power-on password menu” on
page 25.
Ÿ To reconfigure your server, follow the
instructions given in “The Configuration/Setup
Utility program” on page 20 (all models).
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
51
Before you begin to install optional
hardware
Before you install any optional hardware in the server,
thoroughly review the information in this section. Also,
review the power supply requirements described in
“Hot-swap power supply installation/removal” on page 92.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
52
If you upgrade the server by installing a RAID
adapter, you must configure the disk arrays after you
install hard disk drives, as described in “Internal
drives installation” on page 110. Follow the
instructions in the RAID adapter documentation after
installing the drives. Then, return here to install the
remaining options, if applicable. See “Configuring the
server” on page 18 for additional details about
configuration and for a description of the server utility
programs.
You do not need to turn off the server to install or
replace hot-swap power supplies, hot-swap fans,
hot-swap drives, or hot-plug PCI adapters.
– Hot-swap means that you can install or remove
certain components, such as power supplies,
fans, and hard disk drives, without turning off the
server, provided that the server contains
hardware and an operating system that support
the installation or removal of these components.
These components are known as hot-swappable
components, and more commonly referred to as
hot-swap components.
– Hot-plug means that you can install or remove
certain components without turning off the
server, after you perform an intervening action,
provided that the server contains hardware and
an operating system that support the installation
or removal of these components. For example,
before you can install or remove hot-plug PCI
adapters, you must enable or disable the
hot-plug PCI slots that contain or will contain
these adapters. To do this, you must perform
the operating-system-defined procedures for
enabling or disabling the affected hot-plug PCI
slots. Failure to do so might cause the system
to lock up. Refer to the operating-system
documentation for additional information.
Hot-plug components are also known as
hot-pluggable components.
The orange color on components and labels in the
server indicates hot-swap or hot-plug components.
This means that you can install or remove the
component while the system is running, provided that
the system is configured to support this function. For
complete details about installing or removing a
hot-swap or hot-plug component, see the information
provided in this chapter.
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The blue color on components or labels indicates
touch points where a component can be gripped, a
latch moved, and so on.
For a list of supported options for the Netfinity 8500R
server, refer to http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/compat/ on
the World Wide Web.
Several types of connectors, such as those designed
for adapters, processors, DIMMs, and other
components, contain keys (dividers) to ensure that
these components can only be installed in the correct
position.
Note
The illustrations in this chapter might differ slightly
from the hardware.
Before you begin installing options, be sure to do the
following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Become familiar with the safety and handling
guidelines specified in the Safety Information booklet,
and the requirements specified under “Safety
information” on page 240 and “Working inside a
server with power on” on page 165. These
guidelines will help you work safely while working with
the server or options.
Read the information in “System reliability
considerations” on page 162.
Make sure that you have an adequate number of
properly grounded electrical outlets for the server,
monitor, and any other options that you intend to
install.
Place the server in a location that is dry. Rain or
spilled liquids might damage the server.
Leave sufficient space around the server to allow the
server cooling system to work properly. Refer to the
server rack documentation, for example, IBM Netfinity
9308 Enterprise Rack Planning Guide, for additional
information.
Back up all important data before you make changes
to disk drives.
Have a small, flat-blade screwdriver available.
Lifting the server
k18 kg (37 lbs)
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
53
Caution
Use safe practices when lifting.
54
Netfinity Server HMM
CD-ROM drive removal
Notes
1. Read “Safety information” on page 240.
2. See “Preparing to install options” on page 134
before removing or installing options.
To remove the CD-ROM drive:
1. Remove the front bezel. See “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137 for instructions.
2. Disconnect all cables.
3. Squeeze latches .1/ in to remove the CD-ROM drive
.2/.
4. Reverse the procedure to install a CD-ROM drive.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
55
Completing the installation
Depending on the options that you have installed, you
must reinstall the top cover and the front bezel to complete
the installation. You must also reconnect all the cables
that you disconnected in “Preparing to install options” on
page 134, and, after installing certain options, you must
run the Configuration/Setup utility program. Follow the
instructions in this section.
Installing the top cover
Notes
1. The top cover is in place during normal
operation. If the server is on, do not leave the
top cover off for more than 30 minutes at a time.
2. If necessary, see “Input/output connectors and
expansion slots” on page 122 for connector
locations.
To install the server top cover:
1. Before installing the top cover, check that all cables,
adapters, and other components are installed and
seated correctly and that you have not left tools or
loose parts inside the server.
2. Place the cover-release latch .1/ in the open (up)
position.
3. Insert the bottom tabs of the cover .2/ in the
matching slots in the server chassis.
4. Close the cover-release latch to pull the cover forward
and lock the cover in place.
56
Netfinity Server HMM
Danger
Overloading an electrical circuit breaker is
potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard
under certain conditions. To avoid these
hazards, adhere to the instructions in the
following statements:
1. If you are connecting to a 100–127 V AC
power source, connect each power cord to a
separate branch circuit.
2. If you are connecting to a 200–240 V AC
power source and the branch circuit breaker
rating is:
a. 13 amps or less, connect each power
cord to a separate branch circuit.
b. 14 amps to 19 amps, do not connect
more than two power cords to the
same branch circuit.
c. 20 amps or greater, you may connect
up to three power cords to the same
branch circuit.
.
5. If you disconnected any cables or cords from the
back of the server, reconnect the cables; then, plug
the power cords into properly grounded electrical
outlets.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
57
Installing the front bezel:
To install the front
bezel:
1. Insert the bottom tabs of the bezel in the matching
slots in the server chassis.
2. Press in the tab on the bezel; then, pivot the top of
the bezel until the latches .1/ snap into place. This
places the bezel in the locked position.
58
Netfinity Server HMM
Reconfiguring the server and updating
server records: When you start the server for the
first time after you add or remove an internal option or an
external SCSI device, you might see a message telling you
that the configuration has changed.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Device drivers Some options have device drivers that
you need to install. Refer to the documentation that
comes with the option for information about installing
any required device drivers.
DIMMs If you replaced a defective DIMM, you must
manually enable the DIMM slot in the
Configuration/Setup utility program. In this case, the
system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup utility program to enable the
DIMM slot. See “Memory settings” on page 31 for
additional information.
Processors The Netfinity 8500R server comes with at
least one processor installed on the standard
processor daughterboard. If you have installed one
or more additional processors, the server can now
operate as an SMP server. Therefore, you might
need to upgrade the operating system. Refer to the
operating-system documentation for additional
information.
If you replaced a defective processor, you must
manually enable the processor slot in the
Configuration/Setup utility program. In this case, the
system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup utility program to enable the
processor slot. See “Processor settings” on page 31
for additional information.
Reconfiguring the server Run the Configuration/Setup
utility program to save the new configuration
information. See “Configuring the server” on
page 18.
Updating server records Record your updated device
and configuration information.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
59
Controls and indicators
The most commonly used controls and status indicators
are on the front of the server. See “Using the SCSISelect
Utility program” on page 36 for additional information.
.1/
Front panel: The lights and messages on this
panel give status information for the server. See
“Front panel” on page 79 for more information.
.2/
Scroll button: Press this button to select an action
to perform on a system-monitoring message; then,
press the Enter button to perform the action. You
can select:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep to retain the message on the front panel
and enable the system error light to continue
to flash
Remind to retain the message on the front
panel and enable the system error light to flash
slowly
Clear to clear the message from the front
panel and enable the system error light to stop
flashing
.3/
Enter button: Press this button to perform an
action on system-monitoring messages that appear
on the front panel.
.4/
CD-ROM drive in-use light: When this light is on,
the CD-ROM drive is being accessed.
.5/
CD-ROM eject/load button: Press this button to
eject or retract the CD-ROM tray so that you can
insert or remove a CD.
60
Netfinity Server HMM
.6/
Hard disk status light: This light only operates in
a ServeRAID environment. Each of the hot-swap
drives has a Hard Disk Drive Status light. When
the amber light for a hard disk drive is on
continuously, the drive has failed. When the light
flashes slowly (one flash per second), the drive is
being rebuilt. When the light flashes rapidly (three
flashes per second), the ServeRAID controller is
identifying the drive.
.7/
Hard disk in-use light: Each hot-swap hard disk
drive has a Hard Disk In-Use light. When the green
light for a hard disk drive is on, the drive is being
accessed.
.8/
Diskette-eject button: Press this button to eject a
diskette from the drive.
.9/
Diskette drive in-use light: When this light is lit,
the diskette drive is being accessed.
.1ð/
Power control button: Press this button to
manually turn the server on or off.
Caution
The Power Control button on the front of the
server does not turn off the electrical current
supplied to the server. The server also might
have more than one power cord. To remove
all electrical current from the server, ensure
that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.
1
2
3
The server can be activated in several ways:
Ÿ
Ÿ
You can turn the server on by pressing the
Power Control button on the front of the
server.
The server can also be powered on by the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter,
Wake on LAN, Wake on Real-Time Clock
Alarm, or Wake on Ring.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
61
Note
To enable the wakeup features, you must
install the appropriate software and hardware in
the server. For complete details, refer to the
documentation that comes with the Ethernet
adapter.
The server can be deactivated as follows:
Ÿ
Pressing the Power Control button causes an
immediate shutdown of the server, and places
the server in standby mode. This feature can
be used if the operating system hangs.
Note
After turning off the server, wait at least
five seconds before pressing the Power
Control button to power on the server
again.
Ÿ
Disconnecting all of the server power cords
from the electrical outlet will shut off all power
to the server.
Note
Wait for the system to stop running.
Watch for the System Power light on the
front panel to stop flashing or illuminating.
Ÿ
.11/
62
The server can also be powered off by the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
Reset button: Press this button to reset the
system and run the power-on self-test (POST).
Netfinity Server HMM
DIMM and memory board installation
You can increase the amount of memory in the server by
installing additional dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).
The server uses 100 MHz, 168-pin, PC100 registered
synchronous dynamic random-access memory (SDRAM),
industry-standard DIMMs with error checking and
correction (ECC). You can add extra DIMMs or replace
existing DIMMs. The illustration 66 shows how DIMMs are
installed.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
63
Notes
1. You can install an optional memory board that
contains an additional 16 DIMM connectors and
supports cache-line interleaving. To obtain an
optional memory board, contact an IBM reseller
or IBM marketing representative.
2. The connector identifiers on both the standard
and the optional memory boards are J1–J16. To
distinguish the two memory boards, use the
labels provided on the processor housing
assembly. These labels refer to the connector
identifiers as A1–A16 on the standard memory
board (A), and B1–B16 on the optional memory
board (B).
3. The server comes with a system label on the
server cover. The numbers located to the right of
the memory boards on the system label do not
indicate DIMM connector identifiers. These
numbers indicate the DIMMs; for example, .1/
means the first DIMM that you install, .9/ means
the ninth DIMM that you install, and so on.
4. Cache-line interleaving can only occur if two
memory boards are installed in the server. This
process allows the two memory boards to share
a common address range, with one memory
board responding to even-numbered cache lines,
and the other memory board responding to
odd-numbered cache lines. This configuration
has the highest performance because it allows
the two SDRAM arrays to be used in a balanced
fashion, reducing access conflicts.
5. Installing or removing DIMMs changes the server
configuration. Therefore, after installing or
removing a DIMM, save the new configuration
information in the Configuration/Setup utility
program. See “Using the Configuration/Setup
Utility main menu” on page 21 for more
information.
6. If you replaced a defective DIMM, you must
manually enable the DIMM slot in the
Configuration/Setup utility program. In this case,
the system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup utility program to enable the
DIMM slot. See “Memory settings” on page 31
for additional information.
7. See “Memory board component locations” on
page 130 for a layout of the memory board.
64
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 2 shows the memory installation requirements for
the server.
Table 2. Memory installation requirements
DIMM sizes
128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB
DIMM population order for a
single board configuration —
standard memory board (A)
A1, A5, A9, A13, A3, A7, A11,
A15, A2, A6, A10, A14, A4, A8,
A12, A16
DIMM population order for a dual
board configuration — standard
memory board (A) and optional
memory board (B)
A1/B1, A5/B5, A9/B9, A13/B13,
A3/B3, A7/B7, A11/B11,
A15/B15, A2/B2, A6/B6,
A10/B10, A14/B14, A4/B4,
A8/B8, A12/B12, A16/B16
Notes:
1. The 100 MHz DIMMs support the registered mode of operation.
2. Install DIMMs with a maximum height of 4.32 cm (1.7 inches).
3. The server comes with one standard (preinstalled) memory board
(A), and one or more DIMMs installed on this memory board. You
can install an optional memory board (B). Both the standard
memory board (A) and the optional memory board (B) contain 16
DIMM connectors (J1–J16).
4. When you install DIMMs in both the standard memory board (A)
and the optional memory board (B), you must install them in
matching pairs with the same part number, in the same slot on
each memory board; for example, J1/J1, J5/J5, J9/J9, and so on.
Table 3 shows the available memory configurations.
Table 3. Memory expansion
DIMM size
16 Connectors
(1 Board)
32 Connectors
(2 Boards)
128 MB
2 GB
4 GB
256 MB
4 GB
8 GB
512 MB
8 GB
16 GB
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
65
Refer to the following illustration while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
Note
The illustrations in this section might differ slightly from
your hardware.
.1/ Latches
.2/ Retaining clips
.3/ DIMM
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Read the documentation that comes with your
option.
To install a DIMM:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices;
then, remove the front bezel (see “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137) and the memory-access panel
(see “Removing the memory-access panel” on
page 138).
2. If you are not installing an optional memory board,
continue with step 3.
If you are installing an optional memory board, touch
the static-protective package containing the memory
board to any unpainted metal surface on the server.
Then, remove the memory board from the package.
Continue with step 4 on page 67.
3. Remove the memory board from the server:
a. Pull both latches .1/ simultaneously so that they
fully extend from the memory board.
b. Grasp the two latches and pull the memory
board from the server.
66
Netfinity Server HMM
c. Place the memory board connector-side up on a
flat, static-protective surface.
4. Touch the static-protective package containing the
DIMM to any unpainted metal surface on the server.
Then, remove the DIMM from the package.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
67
Attention
To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging
the DIMM connectors, handle the clips gently.
5. Install the DIMM:
a. Turn the DIMM .3/ so that the keys align
correctly with the connector.
b. Align the keyed DIMM .3/, and press on both
sides of the DIMM as you insert it into the
connector. Be sure to press the DIMM straight
into the connector.
Note
If a gap exists between the DIMM and the
retaining clips, the DIMM has not been
properly installed. Open the retaining clips
and remove the DIMM; then, reinsert the
DIMM.
c. Make sure that the retaining clips .2/ are in the
closed position.
d. Repeat these steps for each DIMM that you
install.
6. Reinstall the memory board:
a. Insert the memory board into the guides and
gently press the memory board into the
connector. When you install the memory board
in the server, be sure that it is correctly seated in
the connector before you apply force to close the
latches.
b. Push the latches .1/ until they close and lock in
place.
Attention
To ensure proper EMC containment and
cooling for the server, reinstall the
memory-access panel before turning on the
server.
c. Reinstall the memory-access panel:
1) Ensure that the memory-access panel is
fully seated in the appropriate location.
2) Press in the two plastic fasteners on the
memory-access panel to secure it into
place.
d. Reinstall the front bezel (see “Installing the front
bezel” on page 58).
7. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
68
Netfinity Server HMM
Diskette drive removal
Note
1. Read “Safety information” on page 240.
2. See “Preparing to install options” on page 134
before removing or installing options.
To remove a diskette drive:
1. Remove the front bezel. See “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137 for instructions.
2. Disconnect all cables.
3. Squeeze latch .1/on bottom of drive inward to
release the diskette drive .2/.
4. Pull diskette drive out of the server chassis.
5. Reverse the procedure to install a diskette drive.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
69
External options
Before you begin:
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Read the documentation that comes with the
options.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Connecting external SCSI devices:
The
server comes with one external SCSI port so that you can
connect external SCSI devices.
You can also attach a SCSI storage expansion enclosure
to the server.
Cabling requirements: If you plan to install external
SCSI devices, you must order additional SCSI cables.
These cables must have the proper connectors for the
SCSI external connector and the external devices. To
select and order the correct cables for use with external
devices, contact the IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
Refer to the information that comes with the adapter to
determine the number of internal and external connectors,
channels, and SCSI devices that the adapter supports.
For information about the maximum length of SCSI cable
between the terminated ends of the cable, see the
following ANSI SCSI Standards:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
X3.131-1986 (SCSI)
X3.131-1994 (SCSI-2)
X3T10/1071D
X3T10/1142D (Ultra-2 SCSI)
X3.302:1998 (Ultra-2 SCSI)
Adhering to these standards ensures that the server
operates properly.
Setting SCSI IDs for external devices: Each SCSI
device that is connected to a SCSI controller must have a
unique SCSI ID, so that the SCSI controller can identify
the devices and ensure that different devices do not
attempt to transfer data at the same time. SCSI devices
that are connected to different SCSI controllers can have
duplicate SCSI IDs. Refer to “SCSI IDs” on page 112 and
to the instructions that come with the SCSI devices for
more information about setting a SCSI ID.
Installing external devices: To attach an external
device:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and all attached devices.
2. Follow the instructions that come with the option to
prepare it for installation and to connect it to the
server.
70
Netfinity Server HMM
Input/Output port connectors: The input/output
(I/O) port connectors are for attaching external devices,
such as printers, keyboards, and displays, to the server.
The I/O port connectors on the server include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Two serial-port connectors
One parallel-port connector
One video-port connector
One keyboard-port connector
One auxiliary-device-port connector
One external Wide Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) port connector
Two USB-port connectors
One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port connector on the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
One dual serial-port connector on the Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter
One Advanced System Management Interconnect
port connector
Refer to the illustration in “Input/output connectors and
expansion slots” on page 122 for the locations of the
connectors.
Serial port: The server comes with two serial ports.
(Refer to “Input/output connectors and expansion slots” on
page 122 for the locations of the connectors.) These ports
are used to communicate with printers, plotters, external
modems, scanners, and auxiliary terminals. You can also
use these ports to transfer data between computers.
Serial ports transfer data one bit at a time, using direct
memory access (DMA). DMA is a method of transferring
data between I/O devices and system memory without
intervention by the system processor.
Serial ports can transfer data asynchronously, which
means that they can transmit any number of characters at
any time, with no restriction on the duration of the pauses
between characters.
The serial ports can transmit and receive data and
commands at rates of from 300 bits per second up to
345 600 bits per second. To use a serial port at 345 600
bits per second, you need a shielded serial cable. For
information about this cable, contact your IBM marketing
representative or your IBM authorized reseller.
Each serial port has a 9-pin, male D-shell connector on the
back of the server. The pin-number assignments of this
connector conform to the industry standard.
5
1
6
9
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
71
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the serial-port connectors.
Table 4. Serial port pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
Data carrier detect
Receive data
Transmit data
Data terminal ready
Signal ground
6
7
8
9
Data set ready
Request to send
Clear to send
Ring indicator
When you turn on the server, the POST routine assigns
the serial ports to specific communication port addresses.
Some application programs use only certain ports, and
some modems are designed for use only at certain
communication port addresses. You might need to use the
Configuration/Setup utility program to change
communication port address assignments to resolve
conflicts.
Parallel port: The parallel port usually is used to
communicate with printers, and transfers data one byte at
a time using DMA. The parallel port has a 25-pin, female
D-shell connector on the back of the server. (Refer to
“Input/output connectors and expansion slots” on page 122
for the location of the connector.)
1
13
25
14
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the parallel-port connector.
Table 5. Parallel port pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
STROBE
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
Data 4
Data 5
Data 6
Data 7
-ACK
BUSY
PE (paper end)
SLCT (select)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-AUTO FEED XT
-ERROR
-INIT
-SLCT IN
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
When you turn on the server, the POST routine assigns
the parallel port a specific port address. You can change
72
Netfinity Server HMM
the parallel-port assignment by using the
Configuration/Setup utility program.
Video port: The I/O function card in the server has one
SVGA video port. This port is used to attach a video
monitor. The video port has a 15-pin analog connector on
the back of the server. (Refer to “Input/output connectors
and expansion slots” on page 122 for the location of the
connector.)
5
1
10
6
15
11
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the video connector.
Table 6. Video port pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Red
Green or monochrome
Blue
Not connected
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Not connected
Ground
Not connected
Not connected
Horizontal synchronization (Hsync)
Vertical synchronization (Vsync)
Not connected
The integrated video controller has 4 MB of video memory.
The integrated video controller supports the following
screen resolutions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
640 × 480 pels with up to 16,000,000 colors
800 × 600 pels with up to 16,000,000 colors
1024 × 768 pels with up to 16,000,000 colors
1152 × 864 pels with up to 16,000,000 colors
1280 × 1024 pels with up to 64,000 colors
1600 × 1200 pels with up to 64,000 colors
Keyboard and auxiliary-device ports: The I/O
function card has one keyboard port and one
auxiliary-device port that supports a mouse or other
pointing device. (Refer to “Input/output connectors and
expansion slots” on page 122 for the locations of the
connectors.)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
73
6
5
4
3
2
1
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the connectors used by the keyboard and auxiliary-device
ports.
Table 7. Keyboard and auxiliary-device port
pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
Data
Not connected
Ground
+5 V DC
Clock
Not connected
Wide Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) ports: The server has two
Wide Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) bus-master controllers on the I/O
function card; one supports internal devices and the other
is connected to an external connector for support of
external devices. Each controller supports up to 15 SCSI
devices. You can use the 68-pin SCSI connectors for
these controllers to expand the capabilities of the server by
attaching different types of SCSI devices, such as drives or
printers.
Table 8 on page 75 shows the pin-number assignments
for the 68-pin SCSI connectors.
74
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 8. 68-Pin SCSI port pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
+DB12
+DB13
+DB14
+DB15
+DBP1
+DB0
+DB1
+DB2
+DB3
+DB4
+DB5
+DB6
+DB7
+DBP
Ground
Ground
Termpwr
Termpwr
Ground
Ground
+ATN
Ground
+BSY
+ACK
+RST
+MSG
+SEL
+C/D
+REQ
+I/O
+DB8
+DB9
+DB10
+DB11
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
-DB12
-DB13
-DB14
-DB15
-DBP1
-DB0
-DB1
-DB2
-DB3
-DB4
-DB5
-DB6
-DB7
-DBP
Ground
-Cable Detect
Termpwr
Termpwr
Reserved
Ground
-ATN
Ground
-BSY
-ACK
-RST
-MSG
-SEL
-C/D
-REQ
-I/O
-DB8
-DB9
-DB10
-DB11
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
75
Universal Serial Bus ports: The I/O board in the
server contains two Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports.
Each USB port has an external connector on the rear on
the server for attaching devices that previously used serial,
parallel, keyboard, mouse, and game ports.
USB is an emerging serial interface standard for telephony
and multimedia devices. USB technology uses Plug and
Play to determine what device is attached to the
connector. Each USB device is accessed by a unique
USB address. A device called a hub is used to convert
the USB port into multiple attachment points. A hub has
multiple ports where devices can be attached. USB
provides 12 megabits-per-second (Mbps) data transfer rate
with a maximum of 63 devices and a maximum signal
distance of 5 meters (16 ft.) per data segment.
Note
If more than one USB device is to be attached, the
device must be connected to a hub.
Table 9 shows the pin-number assignments for the USB
connectors.
Table 9. USB connector pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
VCC
−Data
+Data
Ground
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
10/100 Mbps Ethernet port: The Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter contains a 10/100 Mbps
Ethernet controller. The Ethernet controller has an
external RJ-45 connector that is used with Category 3, 4,
or 5 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cable. The connector
enables the Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
to attach to an Ethernet network for remote
communication.
Notes
1. The Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
10/100 Mbps Ethernet port cannot be accessed
from the network operating system. The
connector is dedicated to connecting the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter to
an Ethernet network through a service-processor
interface, such as Netfinity Manager.
2. The 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet standard
requires that the cabling in the network is
Category 5 or higher.
76
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 10 on page 77 shows the pin-number assignments
for the RJ-45 connector. These assignments apply to both
10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX devices.
10BASE-T or 100 BASE-TX
UTP Cable
1
2
RJ-45 Modular Plug Connector
3
Pins
6
Table 10. 10/100 Mbps Ethernet connector
pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
Transmit data+
Transmit data−
Receive data+
Reserved
5
6
7
8
Reserved
Receive data−
Reserved
Reserved
Advanced System Management dual serial port:
The Advanced System Management PCI Adapter contains
a dual serial port. The port has an external connector that
can be used to attach to a Y-cable that is shipped with the
server. The serial connectors on the Y-cable and the
pin-number assignments are the same as for the system
serial ports. This Y-cable can be used to attach to a
modem that is dedicated to communication with the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
You can obtain a listing of compatible modems and related
information by accessing the following address:
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/compat/ on the World Wide Web.
Advanced System Management Interconnect
port: The Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
contains an Advanced System Management Interconnect
port. The port has an external connector that must be
attached to an optional Y-cable that provides for chaining
other compatible service processors for remote access.
To obtain an optional Y-cable, contact an IBM reseller or
IBM marketing representative.
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the connectors used by the Advanced System
Management Interconnect bus port.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
77
Table 11. Advanced System Management
Interconnect bus connector pin-number assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
Term power
+ Input
− Input
+ Output
− Output
Ground
78
Netfinity Server HMM
Front panel
The front panel on the front of the server contains status
lights and system messages.
.1/
Information message panel: System monitor
information appears on this display. The Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter monitors system
functions and generates the messages.
When the server is in standby mode (the system
power supply is turned off and AC current is
present), the information message panel can
display system monitor information.
.2/
System error light: This amber light is on when a
system error occurs. Information about the
condition displays on the information message
panel.
.3/
SCSI hard disk drive in-use light: This green
light is on when there is activity on a hard disk
drive.
Attention: If the System Power Light is off, it does
not mean there is no electrical current present in
the server. To remove all electrical current from the
server, you must unplug the server power cords.
.4/
System Power Light: When this green light is on,
system power is present in the server. When this
light flashes, the server is in standby mode (AC
current is present). When this light is off, it
indicates either power supply failure or an AC
power failure, or the power cords have been
disconnected.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
79
Hot-swap Power supplies
The server comes with three hot-swap power supplies.
The power supplies can provide up to 550 watts each at
110 V AC input power, and 750 watts each at 220 V AC
input power.
Danger
Overloading an electrical circuit breaker is potentially a
fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain
conditions. To avoid these hazards, adhere to the
instructions in the following statements.
1. If you are connecting to a 100–127 V AC power
source, connect each power cord to a separate
branch circuit.
2. If you are connecting to a 200–240 V AC power
source and the branch circuit breaker rating is:
a. 13 amps or less, connect each power cord
to a separate branch circuit.
b. 14 amps to 19 amps, do not connect more
than two power cords to the same branch
circuit.
c. 20 amps or greater, you may connect up to
three power cords to the same branch
circuit.
In addition to the power supplies, the server comes with
three 220 V AC power cords, and three 110 V AC power
cords (U.S. only). Be sure to select the appropriate power
cord voltage for the server environment. All three power
cords must have the same voltage.
If you connect the three:
Ÿ
Ÿ
220 V AC power cords to the power supplies, the
three power supplies support redundancy and
hot-swap capability.
110 V AC power cords to the power supplies, the
three power supplies do not support redundancy if the
system configuration exceeds any of these conditions:
– More than six processors
– More than 24 memory DIMMs
– More than eight PCI adapters
For servers with redundant power, the loss of a single
power supply will not affect the server operation. Replace
a power supply that has failed as soon as convenient to
help maintain the redundant power and cooling capability.
When a power supply has failed and the Power Good light
is on, the DC power LED on the power supply is off. See
“Power supply LED errors” on page 173 for more
information on the DC power LEDs. See “Hot-swap power
80
Netfinity Server HMM
supply installation/removal” on page 92 for complete
details on the power supplies.
Attention
To ensure proper server operation, be sure to connect
all three 220 V AC power cords or all three 110 V AC
power cords to the power supplies.
Notes
1. The server also comes with three 220 V AC
power cords for connection to the server rack
power distribution unit (PDU). Refer to IBM
Netfinity Rack Power Distribution Unit (PDU)
Installation Instructions for additional information
on installing a PDU. See “Installing the server in
and removing the server from the rack enclosure”
on page 96 for additional information on installing
a server rack.
2. Power cords vary by country. For complete
details about power cords for use in your country
or region, refer to “Power cords” in the “Legal
Information” section of this Server Library or see
http://www.ibm.com/pc/support on the World
Wide Web.
The following illustration shows the power supplies in the
server. The server might differ slightly from this illustration.
.1/
Power supplies: See “Hot-swap power supply
installation/removal” on page 92 for information on
power supply requirements and for instructions on
installing additional power supplies.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
81
.2/
AC and DC power lights: These lights provide
status information about the power supplies. These
adjacent lights are located on the power supplies;
the ac power light is located closest to the power
supply connector. During normal operation, both
the AC and DC power lights are on. For any other
combination of lights, see “Power supply LED
errors” on page 173.
.3/
Power supply connectors: The three system
power cords connect here. For additional details on
power cords, refer to the information at the
beginning of this section.
82
Netfinity Server HMM
Hot-swap fan installation/removal
The server comes with three hot-swap processor fans
(labeled and numbered 1, 2, and 3) in the front of the
processor housing assembly at the front of the server, and
three hot-swap I/O fans (labeled and numbered 4, 5, and
6) behind the hot-swap drive bays. Each fan has an LED;
the fan LEDs are amber in color. A fan LED is lit only
when the fan needs replacement.
Notes
1. The illustrations in this section might differ slightly
from your hardware.
2. You do not need to turn off the power to the
server to replace a fan.
3. Replace a fan that has failed as soon as
convenient to maintain the redundant cooling
capability.
4. The top cover is in place during normal
operation. If the server is on, do not leave the
top cover off for more than 30 minutes at a time.
To replace a hot-swap fan:
Ÿ
Ÿ
To replace a processor fan, continue with “Processor
fan replacement” on page 144.
To replace an I/O fan, continue with “Replacing an I/O
fan” on page 145.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
83
Hot-plug PCI adapter installation
This section gives the procedure for installing a hot-plug
PCI adapter. If you want to remove a hot-plug adapter,
reverse the steps. If the operating system supports
hot-plug PCI adapters, you can replace a failing hot-plug
PCI adapter with a new adapter of the same type without
turning off power to the server.
Notes
1. You do not need to turn off the server to install or
remove a hot-plug PCI adapter.
2. When you install an adapter, be sure that the
gold-edge connectors on the adapter match the
connectors in the PCI slot.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240. and
“Working inside a server with power on” on
page 165.
Read the documentation that comes with the
adapter for any special requirements or
restrictions.
Read the documentation that comes with the
operating system.
The orange color on components and labels in
the server indicates hot-swap or hot-plug
components. This means that you can install or
remove the component while the system is
running, provided that the system is configured to
support this function. For complete details about
installing or removing a hot-swap or hot-plug
component, see the information provided in this
chapter.
The blue color on components or labels indicates
touch points where a component can be gripped,
a latch moved, and so on.
Attention:
Do not remove a hot-plug adapter before performing
the operating-system-defined procedure for disabling
the hot-plug PCI slot that contains the adapter.
Failure to do so might cause the system to lock up.
Refer to the operating system documentation.
84
Netfinity Server HMM
Refer to the following illustrations while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
Note
The illustrations in this section might differ slightly from
your hardware.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
Tab
Adapter retention latch
Expansion-slot cover
Adapter retention cover
To install a hot-plug PCI adapter:
1. If you have not already done so, remove the top
cover (see “Removing the top cover” on page 136).
Attention
If the server is on, do not leave the top cover off
for more than 30 minutes at a time.
2. Determine which expansion slot you will use for the
adapter.
Note
Check the instructions that come with the adapter
for any requirements or restrictions.
3. Disable the PCI slot from the operating system.
Make sure that the Power On light for the PCI slot is
off. See step 12 on page 87 for the Power On light
location. (Refer to the documentation that comes with
the operating system for information about disabling a
hot-plug PCI slot.)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
85
4. Remove the expansion-slot cover .3/:
a. Rotate the adapter retention latch .2/ to the
open (unlocked) position.
b. Lift the tab .1/ at the top of the expansion-slot
cover to the open (unlocked) position.
c. Remove the expansion-slot cover .3/ from the
server. Store it in a safe place for future use.
Attention
Expansion-slot covers must be installed on
all vacant slots. This maintains the
electromagnetic-emissions characteristics of
the system and ensures proper cooling of
system components.
5. If you are installing a full-length adapter, open the
adapter retention cover .4/.
a. Press outward on the adapter retention assembly
where indicated by the arrow.
b. Continue pressing on the assembly as described
in step 5a, and lift the adapter retention
cover .4/.
6. Refer to the documentation that comes with the
adapter for any cabling instructions. It might be
easier for you to route any internal cables before you
install the adapter.
7. Touch the static-protective package containing the
adapter to any unpainted metal surface on the server.
Then, remove the adapter from the static-protective
package.
Note
Avoid touching the components and gold-edge
connectors on the adapter.
8. Place the adapter, component-side up, on a flat,
static-protective surface.
9. Set any jumpers or switches as described by the
adapter manufacturer.
Refer to the following illustrations while you perform
the following steps.
86
Netfinity Server HMM
.1/ Tab
.2/ Adapter retention latch
.3/ Adapter
.4/ Adapter retention cover
10. Install the adapter:
a. Carefully grasp the adapter .3/ by its top edge
or upper corners, and align it with the expansion
slot on the I/O board.
Attention
When you install an adapter in the server,
be sure that it is completely and correctly
seated in the connector. Incomplete
insertion might cause damage to server
components or the adapter.
b. Press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot.
c. If you are installing a full-length adapter, close
the adapter retention cover .4/.
d. Lower the tab .1/ over the adapter. Rotate the
adapter retention latch .2/ until it snaps in place
(the locked position).
11. If you have not already done so, connect any cables
to the adapter.
12. Enable the PCI slot from the operating system. Make
sure that the Power On light .5/ for the PCI slot is
on.
Attention
If the installed adapter is not supported by the
hot-plug capability of the operating system, shut
down and restart the server.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
87
13. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
88
Netfinity Server HMM
Installing a non-hot-plug PCI adapter:
This
section gives the procedures for installing a non-hot-plug
adapter. If you want to remove a non-hot-plug adapter,
reverse the steps.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Read the documentation that comes with the
adapter for any special requirements or
restrictions.
The orange color on components and labels in
the server indicates hot-swap or hot-plug
components. This means that you can install or
remove the component while the system is
running, provided that the system is configured to
support this function. For complete details about
installing or removing a hot-swap or hot-plug
component, see the information provided in this
chapter.
The blue color on components or labels indicates
touch points where a component can be gripped,
a latch moved, and so on.
Refer to the illustrations in “Hot-plug PCI adapter
installation” on page 84 while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
To install a non-hot-plug PCI adapter:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices;
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to install options” on page 134); then,
remove the top cover (see “Removing the top cover”
on page 136).
2. Determine which expansion slot you will use for the
adapter.
Note
Check the instructions that come with the adapter
for any requirements or restrictions.
3. Perform step 4 on page 86 through step 11 on
page 87, and step 13 on page 88.
Verifying compatibility between network
adapters and device drivers: The server
supports several types of network adapters. If you are
having trouble with the installation or operation of a
network adapter or network operating system, ensure that
the network-adapter device driver supports multiple
processors. Refer to the network-adapter documentation
for additional information about adapter compatibility
requirements.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
89
Cabling internal hard disk drives to a
ServeRAID adapter (optional): You can install
an optional ServeRAID adapter in the server to enable you
to configure the internal hot-swap hard disk drives into disk
arrays. To do this, you must disconnect the cable from the
integrated SCSI controller on the I/O function card, and
connect the cable to a ServeRAID adapter. To cable a
ServeRAID adapter to the internal hard disk drives in the
server, or to make this adapter a startup device, you must
install the ServeRAID adapter in PCI slot 10, 11, or 12.
Refer to the ServeRAID adapter option documentation for
complete instructions on installing a ServeRAID adapter in
the server.
The following procedure describes the cable routing that is
necessary when you install the ServeRAID adapter. Refer
to the following illustration while you perform the steps in
this procedure.
Notes
1. It might be easier for you to route the cable
before you install the adapter.
2. You do not have to remove the I/O function card
or the screws on the I/O function card to connect
the internal SCSI cable to a ServeRAID adapter.
.1/ Standard internal SCSI cable location for
connection to internal SCSI port B
.2/ Internal SCSI port B
.3/ New internal SCSI cable location for connection
to ServeRAID adapter
1. Disconnect the internal SCSI cable .1/ from internal
SCSI port B .2/ on the I/O function card.
2. Change the setting of the three-pin, SCSI B detect
jumper (identifier J19) on the I/O function card from
pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3. This prevents the
server from displaying a non-applicable error
message, Cable not present.
90
Netfinity Server HMM
1
2
3
Note
For additional information on changing jumper
settings, see “Jumper settings” on page 125.
For the jumper location, see the illustration of the
I/O function card in “I/O function card component
locations” on page 120.
3. The SCSI cable comes with two standard folds.
Unfold the SCSI cable at the fold that is closer to the
connector on the end of the cable. If necessary, refer
to the illustration at the beginning of this procedure.
4. Install the ServeRAID adapter in PCI slot 10, 11, or
12.
5. Connect the internal SCSI port B end of the SCSI
cable to the appropriate channel on the ServeRAID
adapter .3/. Refer to the ServeRAID adapter option
documentation for instructions on installing a
ServeRAID adapter in the server and connecting the
SCSI cable to the ServeRAID adapter.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
91
Hot-swap power supply
installation/removal
Danger
Overloading an electrical circuit breaker is potentially a
fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain
conditions. To avoid these hazards, adhere to the
instructions in the following statements.
1. If you are connecting to a 100–127 V AC power
source, connect each power cord to a separate
branch circuit.
2. If you are connecting to a 200–240 V AC power
source and the branch circuit breaker rating is:
a. 13 amps or less, connect each power cord
to a separate branch circuit.
b. 14 amps to 19 amps, do not connect more
than two power cords to the same branch
circuit.
c. 20 amps or greater, you may connect up to
three power cords to the same branch
circuit.
The server comes with three power supplies, three 220 V
AC power cords, and three 110 V AC power cords (U.S.
only). Be sure to select the appropriate power cord
voltage for the server environment. All three power cords
must have the same voltage.
If you connect the three:
Ÿ
Ÿ
220 V AC power cords to the power supplies, the
three power supplies support redundancy and
hot-swap capability.
110 V AC power cords to the power supplies, the
three power supplies do not support redundancy if the
system configuration exceeds any of these conditions:
– More than six processors
– More than 24 memory DIMMs
– More than eight PCI adapters
For servers with redundant power, the loss of a single
power supply will not affect the server operation. Replace
a power supply that has failed as soon as convenient to
help maintain the redundant power and cooling capability.
When the AC power LED is on, the DC power LED is on,
and the System Power light on the operator panel is on,
the power supply has failed. See “Hot-swap Power
supplies” on page 80 for the location of the DC power
LEDs. See “Power supply LED errors” on page 173 for
more information on the DC power LEDs.
92
Netfinity Server HMM
Attention: To ensure proper server operation, be sure to
connect all three 220 V AC power cords or all three 110 V
AC power cords to the power supplies.
Note
The server also comes with three 220 V AC power
cords for connection to the server rack power
distribution unit (PDU). Refer to IBM Netfinity Rack
Power Distribution Unit (PDU) Installation Instructions
for additional information on installing a PDU. See
“Installing the server in and removing the server from
the rack enclosure” on page 96 for additional
information on installing a server rack.
Refer to the following illustration while performing the steps
in this procedure.
Notes
1. The illustrations in this section might differ slightly
from your hardware.
2. You do not need to turn off the power to the
server to replace hot-swap power supplies.
.1/ Handle release latch
.2/ Power supply
.3/ Handle
To replace a hot-swap power supply:
1. Remove the power supply:
a. Unplug the power cord from the power supply
and the electrical outlet and, if necessary,
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
93
remove the power supply cord from the
strain-relief bracket.
b. If a strain-relief bracket is attached to the power
supply, remove the screw on the back of the
power supply (lower right side), and remove the
strain-relief bracket.
c. Press the release latch .1/ on the handle .3/ on
the power supply .2/.
d. Lift and fully extend the handle on the power
supply. Then, slide the power supply out of the
chassis. Refer to the power supply option
documentation for complete instructions on
proper handling and disposal of a defective
power supply.
94
Netfinity Server HMM
2. Replace the power supply:
a. Remove the new power supply from the
static-protective package.
b. Touch the static-protective package containing
the power supply to any unpainted metal surface
on the server. Then, remove the power supply
from the static-protective package.
c. Place the handle .3/ on the power supply .2/ in
the open (up) position, and slide the power
supply into the chassis. If necessary, lower the
handle slightly to avoid the I/O housing
assembly; then, continue inserting the power
supply into the bay until it stops.
d. Press the handle down to seat the power supply
in the bay. This places the power supply in the
locked position.
e. Reconnect the power cord to the power supply
and the electrical outlet (if removed).
f. Remove the new strain-relief bracket from its
package and install it on the power supply cord.
Note
If a new strain-relief bracket did not come
with the new power supply, attach the
strain-relief bracket that you removed in step
1b on page 94 on the new power supply.
g. Verify that the AC power light and the DC power
light are lit, indicating that the power supply is
operating correctly. See “Power supply LED
errors” on page 173 for details. See “Hot-swap
Power supplies” on page 80 for the location of
the AC and DC power LEDs.
3. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
95
Installing the server in and removing
the server from the rack enclosure
This chapter provides instructions for installing the Netfinity
8500R server in the rack enclosure and removing the
server from the rack enclosure.
Notes
1. The illustrations in this chapter might differ
slightly from your hardware.
2. The top cover is in place during normal
operation. If the server is on, do not leave the
top cover off for more than 30 minutes at a time.
This chapter contains:
The Netfinity 8500R server comes with all the rack
installation hardware. Review the preinstallation
information in “Before you begin to install optional
hardware” on page 52; then, continue with “Installing the
server in the rack enclosure” on page 97.
Before you begin:
Before you install the server in the rack enclosure,
thoroughly review the information in this section.
Ÿ
Ensure that the rack enclosure can accommodate the
Netfinity 8500R server.
To install the Netfinity 8500R in a rack enclosure, the
enclosure must have a minimum clearance of 203.2
mm (8 in.) between the rear of the chassis and the
surface of the rear door when the door is closed.
Note
To accommodate the Netfinity 8500R, a Rack
Extension Option can be installed on the IBM
rack enclosure.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
96
Review the safety and handling guidelines specified
under “Safety information” on page 240.These
guidelines will help you work safely while working with
the server and options.
Review the documentation that comes with the rack
enclosure for safety or cabling considerations.
Ensure that your planned installation is within the rack
enclosure guidelines for heat generation, electrical
requirements, air flow, and mechanical loading.
Verify that the rack enclosure can meet the operating
parameters, as detailed in “Specifications” on
page 40.
Plan the installation of servers in the rack enclosure
starting from the bottom. This will ensure rack
stability. For more information, refer to the IBM
Netfinity Rack Configuration program that comes with
the ServerGuide CDs.
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Be aware that some of the installation procedures
require four people.
Have following items available:
– An assortment of small screwdrivers
– An 8-inch adjustable wrench or pliers
Installing the server in the rack enclosure:
During the installation procedure, you must install parts on
the rack enclosure and the server. This process can be
divided into two parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Preparing the rack enclosure
Installing the server
Attention
To ensure rack stability, plan the installation of servers
in the rack enclosure starting from the bottom.
k18 kg (37 lbs)
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe practices when lifting.
Preparing the rack enclosure: In this section, you
will use the following components:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
IBM installation template
Four lift handles
Two slide-rail-latch assemblies (left and right)
Two latch brackets (used with the slide-rail-latch
assemblies)
Two slide-rail assemblies
One cable-management-arm assembly, consisting of:
– One bracket
– Two rigid arms (upper and lower)
– One flexible shaft
– Four hinge pins
– Five cable-retainer straps
Various screws and nuts consisting of:
– Eight screws and eight cage nuts or clip nuts (for
attaching the slide-rail-assembly to the rack)
– Two screws and two cage nuts or clip nuts (for
attaching the cable-management-arm-bracket to
the rack)
– Two screws and two cage nuts or clip nuts (for
attaching the slide-rail-latch assemblies)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
97
–
Ÿ
12 screws (for attaching the
server-to-slide-rail-assembly)
Three power cords (cables)
Notes
1. The two slide-rail-latch assemblies (left and right)
come preinstalled on the server.
2. The illustrations in this chapter might differ
slightly from the hardware or the installation
template.
To attach the mounting hardware to the rack:
1. Refer to the rack enclosure documentation to gain
front and rear access.
2. Mark the positions of the slide-rail assemblies,
slide-rail-latch assemblies, and the
cable-management arm on the rack mounting rails:
a. Position the installation template on the front
mounting rails.
b. Mark the location of all the holes on the front of
the server (for the slide-rail assemblies and
slide-rail-latch assemblies).
c. Move the template to the same level at the rear
of the server.
d. Mark the location of all the holes on the rear of
the server (for the slide-rail assemblies and the
cable-management-arm attachment bracket).
Note
Some racks come with cage nuts for the
mounting rails, whereas other racks come
with clip nuts for the mounting rails. To
determine the type of mounting hardware
that comes with the rack, refer to the rack
documentation. The illustrations in this
chapter show how to install cage nuts. If
the rack comes with clip nuts, manually slide
them onto the mounting rails, as shown in
the following illustration.
e. Install eight of the cage nuts or clip nuts in the
mounting rails at the locations marked for the
slide-rail assemblies. See the following
illustration.
f. Install two of the cage nuts or clip nuts in the
mounting rails at the location marked for the
cable-management-arm bracket.
g. Install two of the cage nuts or clip nuts at the
bottom of the front mounting rails at the location
marked for the slide-rail-latch assemblies.
98
Netfinity Server HMM
Clip
nuts
Cage
nuts
3. Attach the slide-rail assemblies to the rack:
Note
The slide-rail assemblies are interchangeable.
They contain a small amount of grease to
lubricate the ball bearings.
a. At the rear of the rack, position the slide-rail
assembly on the mounting rail and align it over
the cage nuts or clip nuts .1/.
Ÿ For the left slide-rail assembly, align the
holes marked L (for left) over the cage nuts
or clip nuts.
Ÿ For the right slide-rail assembly, align the
holes marked R (for right) over the cage
nuts or clip nuts.
b. If required, loosen the nuts .2/ on the rear
section of the assembly and adjust the slide-rail
assembly to fit over the front and rear mounting
rails. After the adjustment is made, tighten the
nuts.
c. Install two screws through the slide-rail assembly
and into the cage nuts or clip nuts. Do not
tighten these screws.
d. Make sure the slide-rail assembly mounting
holes are over the cage nuts or clip nuts in the
front mounting rail.
e. With the latch tab pointing down, position the
latch bracket .3/ in front of the slide-rail
assembly.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
99
The latch bracket for the left slide-rail
assembly is labeled L.
Ÿ The latch bracket for the right slide-rail
assembly is labeled R.
f. Install two screws through the latch bracket and
the slide-rail assembly and into the cage nuts or
clip nuts. Do not tighten the screws.
g. Attach the other slide-rail assembly to the rack
as described in steps 3a through 3f.
h. Press the slide-rail assemblies toward the
mounting rails and tighten all screws.
Ÿ
4. Attach the cable-management arms (upper and
lower):
a. Position the cable-management arm bracket .1/
on the rear mounting rail and over the cage nuts
or clip nuts for the bracket.
b. Install two screws through the
cable-management-arm bracket and into the
cage nuts or clip nuts. Tighten the screws.
c. Attach the lower rigid cable-management arm to
the bracket using one of the hinge pins .2/.
100
Netfinity Server HMM
d. Attach the upper rigid cable-management arm to
the slide-rail assembly using one of the hinge
pins .3/.
e. Connect the two rigid cable-management arms
with the flexible shaft using one of the hinge pins
.4/.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
101
Installing the server
Caution
Four persons are required to install the server in the
rack.
To install the server in the rack:
1. If the four lift handles are already not installed on the
server, install the handles now.
a. Press in on the sides of the lift handle near the
tabs and insert the handle tabs into the slots on
the sides of the server.
b. Move the handle up in the slots until the hooked
part of each tab is inside the server.
c. Release the pressure on the sides of the handle.
102
Netfinity Server HMM
k18 kg (37 lbs)
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe practices when lifting.
2. Move the slide-rail assemblies to the fully extended
and locked position (all the way out of the rack).
Note
When the slide-rail assemblies are moved all the
way out (fully extended), safety latches .1/ lock
the rails in place. To release the safety latches,
press them in toward the server.
3. Lift the server and move it over the left slide-rail
assembly first. Make sure that the slide-rail assembly
is under the tabs .2/.
The tabs are farther from the edge on the right side of
the server to allow you to maneuver the slide-rail
assembly under the right-side tabs after you have the
slide-rail assembly under the left-side tabs.
4. Next, move the server over the right slide-rail
assembly. Make sure that the slide-rail assembly is
under the tabs.
5. Once the server is on both slide-rail assemblies,
move it toward the rack.
6. Align the six holes .1/ on the left slide-rail assembly
with the matching holes on the left side of the server.
7. Install six screws through the left slide-rail assembly
and into the server side. Tighten the screws.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for the right slide-rail assembly.
This secures the server.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
103
9. Remove the lift handles from the server and store
them in a safe place.
Note
Although the left and right slide-rail-latch
assemblies come preinstalled on the server, they
are detachable. If you ever remove them and
need to reattach them, you must perform step 10.
10. Attach the left and right slide-rail-latch assemblies .1/
to the server using two screws for each assembly.
11. Press the safety latches and slide the server about
halfway into the rack enclosure.
12. Insert and route the cables on the lower
cable-management arm first; then, on the upper
cable-management arm.
Note
The server comes with three 220 V AC power
cords for connection to the rack power
distribution unit (PDU) in a 200–240 V AC
environment. Refer to IBM Netfinity Rack Power
Distribution Unit (PDU) Installation Instructions for
additional information on installing the PDU.
104
Netfinity Server HMM
13. Attach the power cord, monitor, keyboard, and mouse
cables to the corresponding connectors on the server.
Attention: When power cords are attached to the
rack power distribution unit (PDU), ensure that the
cords are not pinched or chafed by any part of the
rack enclosure.
14. Use the cable-retainer straps to secure the cables to
the two cable-management arms.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
105
15. Secure the server in the rack:
a. Slide the server into the rack until each
slide-rail-latch assembly locks.
Caution
If you are located in an area where
earthquakes occur, or if you plan to move
the server, you must perform the following
step.
b. Install a retaining screw .1/ through the hole at
the bottom of each of the slide-rail-latch
assemblies and tighten it.
16. To complete the installation, refer to the
documentation that comes with the rack enclosure.
106
Netfinity Server HMM
Removing the server from the rack
enclosure
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Follow any additional installation and safety
instructions that come with the rack enclosure.
To remove the server from the rack enclosure:
1. Refer to the rack enclosure documentation to gain
front and rear access.
2. Shut down the server operating system and remove
all media (diskettes, CDs, optical discs, or tapes) from
the drives.
3. Turn off the server and any attached devices.
4. Disconnect all power cords (cables) from the rack
enclosure, the server, and electrical outlets.
5. Disconnect all communication cables from external
receptacles.
6. Note the location of the remaining cables; then,
disconnect all cables from the back of the server.
7. If the retaining screw .1/ is installed on the server,
remove it.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
107
8. Release the left and right slide-latches .1/ and move
the server all the way out of the rack until both
slide-rail assemblies lock.
Note
When the server is moved all the way out so that
the slide-rail assemblies are fully extended,
safety latches lock the rails in place. To release
the safety latches, press them in toward the
server. See step 2 on page 103 for the location
of the safety latches.
9. Locate the four server lift handles .2/ that come with
the server and attach two lift handles to each side of
the server. Make sure that the handles lock into
place.
a. Press in on the sides of the lift handle near the
tabs and insert the handle tabs into the slots on
the side of the server.
b. Move the handle up in the slots until the hooked
part of each tab is inside the server.
c. Release the pressure on the sides of the handle.
10. Remove the screws .3/ that attach the server to each
slide-rail assembly.
108
Netfinity Server HMM
k18 kg (37 lbs)
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe practices when lifting.
11. Carefully move the server away from the rack and off
the slide-rail assemblies.
Note
Refer to IBM Netfinity Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit
Installation Instructions for additional information on
converting a rack model server to the optional tower
configuration.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
109
Internal drives installation
Different types of drives allow the system to read multiple
types of media and store more data.
Several types of drives are available, such as:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diskette
Hard disk
CD-ROM
Some drives have a special design called small computer
system interface, or SCSI. This design allows you to
attach multiple drives to a single SCSI connector. For
additional information about SCSI devices, see “SCSI IDs”
on page 112.
110
Netfinity Server HMM
Internal drive bays:
Internal drives are installed in
bays. The server comes with one 3.5-inch, 1.44 MB
diskette drive, one CD-ROM drive, and two hard disk drive
bays.
Hot-Swap
bay 1
Hot-Swap
bay 2
CD-ROM
drive bay
Diskette
drive bay
Removable media bays
The server contains hardware and an operating system
that support the replacement of a failed hard disk drive
without turning off the server, when the drive is connected
to a ServeRAID adapter. Therefore, you can continue to
operate the system while a hard disk drive is removed or
installed. These drives are known as hot-swappable
drives. They are also referred to as hot-swap drives.
The front of each hot-swap hard disk drive has two
indicator lights (see “Controls and indicators” on page 60).
If the amber hard disk status light for a drive is lit
continuously, that individual drive is defective and needs to
be replaced. When the hard disk status light indicates a
defective drive, you can replace a hot-swap drive without
turning off the server.
Each hot-swap drive that you plan to install must have a
hot-swap-drive tray attached. The drive must have a
single connector attachment (SCA) connector.
Hot-swap-drive trays come with the hot-swap drives.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The server comes with a preinstalled 3.5-inch,
1.44 MB diskette drive and a preinstalled integrated
drive electronics (IDE) CD-ROM drive.
The server supports one diskette drive only.
the server supports one slim-high (1-inch), 3.5-inch,
hot-swap hard disk drive with a filler bezel or one
half-high (1.6-inch), 3.5-inch, hot-swap hard disk drive
in each hot-swap bay.
The hot-swap bays connect to a SCSI backplane.
This backplane is the printed circuit board behind the
bay. The backplane supports up to two hard disk
drives.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
111
Empty hot-swap bays and trays that contain slim-high
drives must contain a filler bezel.
The diskette drive uses 2 MB diskettes. For optimum
use, format 2 MB diskettes to 1.44 MB.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Hard disk drives:
The server comes with a Wide
Ultra-2 SCSI (LVD) controller on the I/O function card.
Notes
1. LVD = low-voltage differential
2. If you plan to install both internal and external
SCSI devices, you must follow the instructions in
“External options” on page 70, in addition to the
instructions in this section.
A 16-bit (wide) SCSI cable connects the hot-swap
backplane to one channel of the integrated SCSI controller
on the I/O function card.
SCSI IDs: Each SCSI device that is connected to an
individual integrated SCSI controller needs a unique
identification (ID) so that the controller can identify the
devices and ensure that different devices do not attempt to
transfer data at the same time. (The integrated SCSI
controllers operate independently.) If you need to set IDs
for SCSI devices, refer to the instructions that come with
those devices.
The server automatically sets SCSI IDs for hot-swap hard
disk drives. The server uses the hard disk drive SCSI IDs
to send status information to the indicator lights located on
each hot-swap drive.
Note
Do not set the SCSI ID jumpers on hard disk drives.
The SCSI backplane in the server supports up to two
hot-swap drives. Table 12 shows the default SCSI IDs
that the backplane assigns for hot-swap hard disk drives.
Table 12. Automatically assigned SCSI IDs
Bay
1
2
ID
0
1
Note: The default SCSI ID for the SCSI backplane is 15. The default
SCSI ID for each SCSI controller is 7.
A simplified layout of the SCSI backplane is shown in
“SCSI backplane component locations” on page 160.
The processing sequence for SCSI devices is set through
the SCSISelect Utility program. The default sequence
proceeds from the lowest SCSI ID to the highest (0 to 6,
then 8 to 14). The default SCSI ID for each SCSI
112
Netfinity Server HMM
controller is 7. The default SCSI ID for the SCSI
backplane is 15.
Termination: All the internal hot-swap drives in the
server have automatic termination.
Preinstallation steps:
Before you install drives in
the server, verify that you have all the cables and any
other equipment specified in the documentation that comes
with the internal drive. You might also need to perform
certain preinstallation activities. Some of the steps are
required only during the initial installation of an option.
1. Choose the bay in which you want to install the drive.
2. Verify that all jumpers are removed from the drive.
3. To install the drive, continue with “Installing or
replacing a drive.”
Installing or replacing a drive
Notes
1. You do not have to turn off the server to install
hot-swap drives in these bays. If these bays are
not connected to a ServeRAID adapter, shut
down and restart the server. If these bays are
connected to a ServeRAID adapter, you can use
the RAID management software to bring the
drives online.
Refer to the ServeRAID adapter option
documentation for instructions on installing a
ServeRAID adapter.
2. You do not have to turn off the server to remove
a drive from a hot-swap bay, when that bay is
connected to a ServeRAID adapter.
If the amber hard disk status light for a drive is lit
continuously, that individual drive is defective and needs to
be replaced. For additional information, see “Internal
drives installation” on page 110. For the location of the
hard disk status light, see “Controls and indicators” on
page 60.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
113
Attention
1. Before you hot-swap a drive, refer to the amber
hard-disk status light for that drive to make sure
that it is defective. If the server has a
ServeRAID adapter installed and you assigned
RAID level 1 or 5 to the logical drives in the disk
array, make sure that the drive is defective. If
you partially or completely remove a good drive
instead of a defective one, the server might lose
valuable data. However, the ServeRAID adapter
can rebuild the data that you need, provided that
certain conditions are met. Refer to the
ServeRAID adapter documentation for further
details.
2. To avoid damage to a hard disk drive, do not
remove the drive from the hot-swap bay until it
has had time to spin down (approximately 30
seconds after disconnecting). Handle the drive
gently.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Read the documentation that comes with the
drive.
Refer to the following illustration while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
.1/ Filler panel (tray and slim filler bezel)
.2/ Hot-swap hard disk drive
.3/ Drive tray handle (open position)
To install or replace a hard disk drive:
1. Determine the bay in which you want to install the
drive. Otherwise, continue with step 2 on page 115.
Remove the defective hard disk drive .2/ by pressing
on the lock to release the handle .3/, placing the
handle in the open position (perpendicular to the
drive), and pulling the hot-swap tray from the bay.
Continue with step 3 on page 115.
114
Netfinity Server HMM
2. Remove the filler panel .1/ from the empty hot-swap
bay by inserting your finger into the depression at the
left side of the filler panel and pulling it away from the
server.
Note
If you are installing a slim-high drive, you must
separate the slim filler bezel from the tray, and
insert the slim filler bezel into the top of the hard
disk drive cage. Otherwise, store the filler panel
in a safe place.
3. Install the hard disk drive .2/ in the hot-swap bay:
a. Remove the new drive assembly from the
static-protective package.
b. Touch the static-protective package containing
the drive assembly to any unpainted metal
surface on the server. Then, remove the drive
assembly from the static-protective package.
c. If you are installing a slim-high drive, separate
the slim filler bezel from the tray, and insert the
slim filler bezel into the top of the hard disk drive
cage.
d. Ensure that the tray handle .3/ is open (that is,
perpendicular to the drive).
e. Align the drive assembly so that it engages the
guide rails in the bay.
f. Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until
the drive stops.
g. Push the tray handle to the closed (locked)
position.
4. Check the hard disk drive status indicators to verify
that the hard disk drives are operating properly.
Note
If the server has a ServeRAID adapter installed,
refer to the ServeRAID adapter documentation
for details about configuration requirements.
Record the configuration information.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
115
I/O board component locations
A simplified layout of the I/O board is shown in the
following illustration.
.1/ Midplane connector
.2/ I/O function card slot
.3/ Voltage regulator module (VRM) connectors
.4/ Advanced System Management PCI adapter slot
.5/ USB 1 and USB 2 port connectors
.6/ PCI switch card connector
.7/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 10–12 (bus A, 33 MHz)
.8/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 8–9 (bus B, 66 MHz)
.9/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 6–7 (bus C, 66 MHz)
.1ð/ Hot-plug, 64-bit, PCI slots 1–5 (bus D, 33 MHz)
.11/ Hot-plug external attention/fail LED for PCI slot
(green blink = attention, amber = defective PCI
adapter)
.12/ Hot-plug internal attention/fail LED for PCI slot
(green blink = attention, amber = defective PCI
adapter)
.13/ Hot-plug power LED for PCI slot (green solid,
on)
116
Netfinity Server HMM
I/O board removal
Note
See “Preparing to install options” on page 134.
1. Remove the top cover. See “Removing the top cover”
on page 136.
2. Remove the I/O function card .1/ and the Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter.2/. Remove any
other adapters in the system. Disconnect all cables.
To remove the I/O function card:
a. Disconnect all cables from the I/O function card.
Note carefully where each cable is connected
before you remove it. See “I/O function card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
117
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
118
component locations” on page 120 for the
connector locations on the I/O function card.
b. Remove the two screws located on the metal
connector plate inside the server.
c. Remove the I/O function card retention bracket
on the right side of the card by pulling out the
fastener on the bracket.
d. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge and pull the I/O function card out of the
server.
e. Place the I/O function card connector side up on
a flat, static-protective surface.
Remove all insulators .3/. See “Hot-plug PCI adapter
installation” on page 84 for more information.
Remove the I/O board protector shield .5/ covering
the I/O board .7/.
Remove VRMs .4/ from their slots on the I/O board.
See “VRM latch releases” on page 119.
Unscrew the 14 screws .6/securing the I/O board to
the I/O housing .8/.
Reverse the procedure to install the I/O board into the
server.
Netfinity Server HMM
VRM latch releases
To remove VRMs from their slots:
1. Push latches .1/ back.
2. Lift VRM .2/ up out of its slot.
3. Reverse the procedure to insert the VRM into the slot.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
119
I/O function card component locations
The following simplified layout of the I/O function card
identifies the components.
.1/ External SCSI connector (channel A)
.2/ CD-ROM drive connector
.3/ SCSI B detect jumper (J19)
.4/ Internal SCSI connector (channel B)
.5/ Diskette drive connector
.6/ Front panel connector
.7/ Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
connector
.8/ Battery
.9/ Flash page swap jumper (J13)
.1ð/ Power-on password override jumper (J14)
.11/ Clear CMOS register contents jumper (J15)
.12/ Video port connector (note 1)
.13/ Parallel port connector
.14/ Serial port A connector
.15/ Serial port B connector
.16/ Keyboard connector (note 2)
.17/ Mouse connector
Notes
1. The video port connector is a 15-pin, D-shell
connector behind the parallel port connector.
2. The keyboard connector is behind the mouse
connector, and is closer to the circuit side of the
board.
120
Netfinity Server HMM
I/O function card jumpers: Table 13 describes
the jumpers on the I/O function card. The highlighted
numbers in the table correspond to the highlighted
numbers on the illustration in “I/O function card component
locations” on page 120. See “Three-Pin jumper blocks” on
page 126 for instructions and an illustration on changing
the I/O function card jumper settings.
Note
Turn off the server, and disconnect the power cord
before moving any jumpers.
Table 13. I/O function card jumpers
Jumper name
Description
.3/ J19 SCSI B
detect jumper
The default position is a jumper installed on
pins 1 and 2. Change the position of this
jumper after you disconnect the SCSI cable
from the internal SCSI port B and connect the
cable to a ServeRAID adapter. See “Cabling
internal hard disk drives to a ServeRAID
adapter (optional)” on page 90 for additional
information.
.9/ J13 Flash page
swap
The default position is a jumper installed on
pins 2 and 3. Changing the position of this
jumper will change which of the two pages of
flash ROM is used when the system starts.
.1ð/ J14 Power-on
password override
Changing the position of this jumper bypasses
the power-on password check. You do not
need to move the jumper back to the default
position after the password is overridden.
Changing the position of this jumper does not
affect the administrator password check if an
administrator password is set.
.11/ J15 Clear
CMOS register
contents jumper
If you need to erase configuration information,
you must move this jumper. The default
position is a jumper installed on pins 1 and 2.
When you change the position of this jumper,
you must remove the battery on the I/O
function card, and then move the jumper to
pins 2 and 3. See “Battery replacement” on
page 49. After removing the battery and
moving the jumper, wait at least 5 minutes.
Changing the position of this jumper erases
all configuration and setup information,
including the power-on and administrator
passwords. Therefore, you must reconfigure
the server after clearing CMOS memory (see
“Reconfiguring the server and updating server
records” on page 59). If possible, record the
server configuration information before
moving the Clear CMOS register contents
jumper.
After you clear the CMOS register contents,
move the jumper back to its normal position
(pins 1 and 2); then, reinstall the battery on
the I/O function card.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
121
Input/output connectors and expansion
slots
Input/output (I/O) connectors provide ports for transferring
information into and out of the server. You can connect a
variety of I/O devices to the server, including a monitor,
keyboard, mouse, and printer. For more information on
the ports and their specific technologies, see “External
options” on page 70.
At the rear of the server is an I/O function card that
provides access to some I/O connectors. Adapters
installed in expansion slots might also provide I/O
connectors. The following illustration shows the expansion
slots and the I/O connectors (ports) on the I/O function
card, chassis, and the Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter.
.1/
External connector knockouts for Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter token-ring
option: The chassis has an external connector
knockout that can be used when you install the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
token-ring option.
.2/
External SCSI device connector: External SCSI
devices attach here. The knockout for a second
external SCSI connector is not used.
.3/
Serial port A connector: Serial signal cables for
modems and other serial devices connect here to
the 9-pin serial port A connector. See “Devices and
I/O ports” on page 23 for port assignment
information. If you are using a 25-pin signal cable,
you need a 9-pin-to-25-pin adapter cable.
.4/
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
10/100 Mbps Ethernet port connector: This
connector attaches the Advanced System
122
Netfinity Server HMM
Management PCI Adapter to a network hub for
remote communication.
Note
The Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter 10/100 Mbps Ethernet connector
cannot be accessed from the network operating
system. The connector is dedicated to
connecting the Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter to an Ethernet network through a
service-processor interface, such as Netfinity
Manager.
.5/
Serial port B connector: Serial signal cables for
modems and other serial devices connect here to
the 9-pin serial port B connector. See “Devices and
I/O ports” on page 23 for port assignment
information. If you are using a 25-pin signal cable,
you need a 9-pin-to-25-pin adapter cable.
.6/
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
dual serial port connector: This connector can be
used to attach to a Y-cable that is shipped with the
server. This Y-cable can be used to attach to a
modem that is dedicated to communication with the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
.7/
Advanced System Management Interconnect
port connector: This connector is used to attach
other compatible service processors for remote
access.
.8/
Advanced System Management external power
connector: This connector is not used.
.9/
Parallel port connector: A signal cable for a
parallel device, such as a printer connects here.
.1ð/
Video port connector: The monitor signal cable
connects here.
.11/
Universal Serial Bus connectors: You can attach
I/O devices to these two Universal Serial Bus (USB)
connectors. You need a 4-pin cable to connect
devices to USB 1 or 2. A hot-plug
keyboard-and-mouse option can be cabled or
uncabled from the USB connectors without error or
loss of service. Review the operating-system
documentation to determine whether the operating
system supports USB devices.
Note
If a standard (non-USB) keyboard is attached
to the keyboard port, the USB ports are
disabled while the power-on self-test (POST) is
running, and no USB devices will work during
POST.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
123
.12/
Power supply connectors: The three system
power cords connect here.
.13/
PCI expansion slots: the server has twelve 64-bit,
PCI expansion slots. All PCI slots support hot-plug
PCI adapters.
.14/
Keyboard port connector: The keyboard cable
connects here.
.15/
Mouse port connector: The mouse cable
connects here. This port sometimes is called an
auxiliary-device or pointing-device port.
Note
For pin assignments and other details about these
connectors, see “External options” on page 70.
124
Netfinity Server HMM
Jumper settings
Jumpers located on the I/O function card and processor
controller board help you to customize the way the server
operates.
The processor controller board and I/O function card
contain two-pin jumper blocks and three-pin jumper blocks,
respectively. In some cases, groups of jumpers might
combine to define a function.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
To change a jumper setting:
1. Remove the server top cover or front bezel,
depending on the location of the jumper (see
“Preparing to install options” on page 134).
2. Locate the jumper whose setting you want to change:
Ÿ To change a two-pin jumper block, continue with
“Two-pin jumper blocks.”
Ÿ To change a three-pin jumper block, continue
with “Three-Pin jumper blocks” on page 126.
Two-pin jumper blocks:
Two-pin jumper blocks
are located on the processor controller board.
Covering both pins with a jumper defines one function of
the jumper block. To change the function of the jumper
block, cover one pin only or remove the jumper entirely.
The following illustration identifies pins 1 and 2 on a
two-pin jumper block.
1
2
To change the jumper setting on a two-pin jumper block:
1. Lift the jumper straight off the block; then, do one of
the following:
Ÿ Align the holes in the bottom of the jumper with
the two pins on the pin block, and then slide the
jumper carefully onto these pins.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
125
Ÿ
Align one of the holes in the bottom of the
jumper with one of the pins on the pin block, and
then slide the jumper carefully onto that pin only.
2. Reinstall the server top cover or front access cover
and connect the cables (see “Completing the
installation” on page 56).
Three-Pin jumper blocks:
Three-pin jumper
blocks are located on the I/O function card.
With the three-pin jumper blocks, each jumper covers two
of the three pins on a pin block. You can position the
jumper to fit over the center pin and either of the other two
pins.
The following illustration identifies pins 1, 2, and 3 on the
three-pin jumper blocks that are described in this chapter:
1
2
3
To change the jumper setting on a three-pin jumper block:
1. Remove the I/O function card from the server:
a. Refer to the following illustration while you
perform the steps in this procedure.
126
Netfinity Server HMM
b. Disconnect all cables .1/ from the I/O function
card .2/. Note carefully where each cable is
connected before you remove it. See “I/O
function card component locations” on page 120
for the connector locations on the I/O function
card.
c. Remove the two screws .4/ located on the metal
connector plate inside the server.
d. Remove the I/O function card retention bracket
.3/ on the right side of the card by pulling out
the fastener on the bracket.
e. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge and pull the I/O function card out of the
server.
f. Place the I/O function card connector-side up on
a flat, static-protective surface.
2. Lift the jumper straight off the pin block.
3. Align the holes in the bottom of the jumper with the
center pin and the pin that was not covered
previously.
4. Slide the jumper fully onto these pins.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
127
5. Reinstall the I/O function card:
a. Refer to the illustration in step 1a on page 126
while you perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge, and insert the tabs on the bottom edge of
the metal connector plate into the matching
openings on the server back panel.
c. Align the I/O function card with the guide on the
opposite end of the adapter and the slot on the
I/O board.
d. Press the I/O function card firmly into the slot.
Attention: When you install the I/O function
card in the server, be sure that it is completely
and correctly seated. Incomplete insertion might
cause damage to server components.
e. Reinstall the I/O function card retention bracket
that you removed in step 1d on page 127 by
pressing in the fastener on the bracket.
f. Insert the two screws that you removed in step
1c on page 127.
g. Connect the cables that you disconnected in
step 1b on page 127. See “I/O function card
component locations” on page 120 for the
connector locations on the I/O function card.
6. Reinstall the server top cover or front access cover
and connect the cables (see “Completing the
installation” on page 56).
128
Netfinity Server HMM
LED card removal
To remove the LED card from the operator panel
assembly:
1. Remove the two screws .1/ that hold the operator
panel assembly .2/ to the server chassis.
2. Pull the operator panel out of the slot.
3. The LED card .4/ is located on the back of the
operator panel assembly.
4. Remove the two screws .3/ which hold the LED card
in place, and remove the LED card.
5. Reverse the procedure to install the LED card.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
129
Memory board component locations
The following simplified layout of a memory board identifies
the components. The server supports two memory boards.
Note
The memory board might look slightly different,
depending on the hardware that comes with the
server.
16
.1/ Midplane connector
.2/ DIMM connectors (J1–J16)
See “DIMM and memory board installation” on page 63 for
instructions on installing a DIMM on a memory board, and
installing a memory board in the server.
130
Netfinity Server HMM
1
Notes
1. The 100 MHz DIMMs support the registered
mode of operation.
2. Install DIMMs with a maximum height of 4.32 cm
(1.7 inches).
3. The server comes with one standard memory
board (A), and one or more DIMMs installed on
this memory board. You can install an optional
memory board (B). Both the standard memory
board (A) and the optional memory board (B)
contain 16 DIMM connectors (J1–J16).
4. When you install DIMMs in both the standard
memory board (A) and the optional memory
board (B), you must install them in matching
pairs with the same part number, in the same slot
on each memory board; for example, J1/J1,
J5/J5, J9/J9, and so on.
5. The connector identifiers located on both the
standard (A) and the optional (B) memory boards
are J1–J16. To distinguish the two memory
boards, use the labels provided on the processor
housing assembly. These labels refer to the
connector identifiers as A1–A16 on the standard
memory board, and B1–B16 on the optional
memory board.
6. The server comes with a system label on the
server cover. The numbers located to the right of
the memory boards on the system label do not
indicate DIMM connector identifiers. These
numbers indicate the DIMMs; for example, .1/
means the first DIMM that you install, .9/ means
the ninth DIMM that you install, and so on.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
131
Midplane removal
Note
Before beginning, see “Safety information” on
page 240.
1. See “Removing the top cover” on page 136.
2. Remove all three power supplies. See “Hot-swap
power supply installation/removal” on page 92 for
instructions.
3. Remove the two screws .1/ at the top of the
midplane tray .2/ which hold the midplane to the
server chassis.
4. Lift the midplane up out of the chassis.
5. Remove the eight screws .6/ that hold the midplane
card .7/ to the midplane tray. The power control
card .5/ will still be attached to the midplane by the
bracket .4/ and .3/(orange pull). To remove the
power control card, see “Power control card removal”
on page 133.
6. Reverse this procedure to install the midplane.
132
Netfinity Server HMM
Power control card removal
To remove the power control card:
1. The power control card .5/ is located on the
midplane .2/. See “Midplane removal” on page 132
for instructions and the illustration on removing the
midplane.
2. Lift up from the orange plastic pull .3/ on the bracket
.4/. This will lift the bracket clear of the power
control card.
3. Lift the power control card up from the midplane.
4. Reverse the procedure to install the power control
card.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
133
Preparing to install options
Before you begin:
Read “Safety information” on page 240 and “Working
inside a server with power on” on page 165.
Note
You do not need to turn off the server to install or
replace hot-swap power supplies, hot-swap fans,
hot-swap drives, or hot-plug PCI adapters.
If you are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Installing or removing a hot-plug PCI adapter,
continue with “Removing the top cover” on page 136;
then, go to “Adapters” on page 43.
Installing or replacing a hot-swap hard disk drive,
continue with “Internal drives installation” on
page 110.
Replacing a power supply, continue with “Hot-swap
power supply installation/removal” on page 92.
Replacing a processor fan, continue with “Removing
the front bezel” on page 137; then, go to “Hot-swap
fan installation/removal” on page 83.
Replacing an I/O fan, continue with “Removing the
top cover” on page 136; then, go to “Hot-swap fan
installation/removal” on page 83.
Installing or removing an option not listed in the
preceding list, continue with the following steps.
Caution
The Power Control button on the front of the
server does not turn off the electrical current
supplied to the server. The server also might
have more than one power cord. To remove all
electrical current from the server, ensure that all
power cords are disconnected from the power
source.
1
2
3
134
Netfinity Server HMM
1. Remove all media (diskettes or CDs) from the drives;
then, turn off the server and all attached options.
Danger
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables is hazardous.
To avoid a shock hazard:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not connect or disconnect any cables or
perform installation, maintenance, or
reconfiguration of this product during an
electrical storm.
Connect all power cords to a properly wired
and grounded electrical outlet.
Connect to properly wired outlets any
equipment that will be attached to this
product.
When possible, use one hand only to
connect or disconnect signal cables.
Never turn on any equipment when there is
evidence of fire, water, or structural damage.
Disconnect the attached power cords,
telecommunications systems, networks, and
modems before you open the device covers,
unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Connect and disconnect cables as described
in the following table when installing,
moving, or opening covers on this product or
attached devices.
To Connect:
To Disconnect:
1. Turn everything OFF.
2. First, attach all cables to
devices.
3. Attach signal cables to
connectors.
4. Attach power cords to
outlet.
5. Turn device ON.
1. Turn everything OFF.
2. First, remove power cords
from outlet.
3. Remove signal cables from
connectors.
4. Remove all cables from
devices.
2. If you have a modem or fax machine attached to the
server, disconnect the telephone line from the wall
outlet.
3. Unplug all power cords (cables) from electrical
outlets.
4. Note the location of the remaining cables and cords;
then, disconnect them from the back of the server.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
135
Removing the top cover:
Refer to the following
illustration while you perform the steps in this procedure.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the server is on, do not leave the top cover off
for more than 30 minutes at a time.
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
To remove the server top cover:
1. Unless you are installing or removing a hot-swap or
hot-plug component, run the shutdown procedure for
the operating system, turn off the server and all
attached devices, and disconnect all external cables
and power cords (see “Preparing to install options” on
page 134).
2. Lift the plastic cover-release latch .1/ near the edge
of the top cover .2/.
3. Lift the top cover off the server and set the cover
aside.
136
Netfinity Server HMM
Removing the front bezel: Refer to the following
illustration while you perform the steps in this procedure.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
To remove the front bezel:
1. Press on the tabs at the top edge of the bezel .1/.
2. Pivot the top of the bezel slightly away from the
server and remove the bezel from the server.
3. Set the bezel aside.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
137
Removing the memory-access panel:
Refer
to the following illustration while you perform the steps in
this procedure.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
To remove the server memory-access panel:
1. If you are installing a DIMM in an empty connector,
go to step 2. If you are replacing a failed DIMM,
verify that you have selected the correct DIMM for
replacement. To do this, remove the front bezel (see
“Removing the front bezel” on page 137) and check
the LEDs at the front of the processor housing
assembly, above the processor fans, to see which
one is lit.
2. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to install options” on page 134); then,
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137).
3. Pull out the two plastic fasteners .1/ on the
memory-access panel .2/ to the unlocked position
and remove the memory-access panel.
Note
Do not remove the plastic fasteners from the
memory-access panel.
4. To install or remove DIMMs, see “DIMM and memory
board installation” on page 63. Then, return here.
Attention: To ensure proper EMC containment and
cooling for the server, reinstall the memory-access
panel before turning on the server.
5. Reinstall the memory-access panel:
138
Netfinity Server HMM
a. Ensure that the memory-access panel is fully
seated in the appropriate location.
b. Press in the two plastic fasteners on the
memory-access panel to secure it into place.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
139
Processor-controller board component
locations
A simplified layout of the processor controller board is
shown in the following illustration.
.1/ Midplane connector
.2/ Processor-cage release latches (four)
.3/ Processor-daughterboard slot B connector
(secondary slot)
.4/ Cache coherency filter card connectors
.5/ Processor-core-frequency-selection jumper block
.6/ LED card connector
.7/ Processor-daughterboard slot A connector
(primary slot)
140
Netfinity Server HMM
Processor-controller board jumpers
Table 14 on page 142 describes the jumper on the
processor controller board. The highlighted number in the
table corresponds to the highlighted number on the
illustration in “Processor-controller board component
locations” on page 140.
Notes
1. Turn off the server, and disconnect the power
cord before moving any jumpers.
2. Be sure the processor bus-to-core ratio is set
correctly. For example, if you have a 550 MHz
processor installed and the system bus speed is
100 MHz (the default), be sure that the jumpers
are set to a bus-to-core ratio of 5.5 (550/100).
See Table 14 on page 142.
3. Be sure to set the
processor-core-frequency-selection jumper block
for the slowest speed processor installed in the
server. For example, if the server has a 550
MHz processor installed and you install three 600
MHz processors, set the
processor-core-frequency-selection jumper block
for the 550 MHz processor.
MHz denotes internal clock speed of the
processor only; other factors also affect
application performance.
4. For jumper settings for other speed processors,
refer to the label on the inside top cover of the
server.
5. If you plan to use the processor serial-number
security feature, you must change the setting of
the Processor Serial Number menu choice in
the Advanced Setup menu of the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. The default
value is Disabled; change this value to Enabled,
as described in “Processor serial number access”
on page 29.
Attention: Be sure that the processor bus-to-core ratio
jumper is properly set. If the processor bus-to-core ratio
does not match the processor speed in the server, the
server might operate with a degraded performance or not
at all.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
141
Processors listed in Table 14 are not necessarily available
or planned for your model. If a processor becomes
available for your model, use these switch settings.
Table 14. Processor-controller board jumper
Jumper name
Description
.3/
The default core/bus fraction is 5.5
Processor-core-frequency-selection
(550/100 MHz). Pins 9/10, 11/12, and
13/14 are closed. Pins 15/16 are
open.
For the core/bus fraction 6.0 (600/100
MHz), pins 9/10, 11/12, and 13/14 are
open. Pins 15/16 are closed.
For the core/bus fraction 6.5 (650/100
MHz), pins 9/10 and 15/16 are closed.
Pins 11/12 and 13/14 are open.
For the core/bus fraction 7.0 (700/100
MHz), pins 9/10 and 11/12 are open.
Pins 13/14 and 15/16 are closed.
For the core/bus fraction 7.5 (750/100
MHz), pins 9/10, 13/14, and 15/16 are
closed. Pins 11/12 are open.
Note:
Open = No jumper is present.
Closed = A jumper is present.
142
Netfinity Server HMM
Processor-daughterboard component
locations
A simplified layout of a processor daughterboard is shown
in the following illustration. The server supports two
processor daughterboards.
1
4
.2/ Processor or processor terminator card
connectors (A1–A4 or B1–B4)
.3/ Processor-controller board connector (on opposite
side of processor daughterboard)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
143
Processor fan replacement
1. Determine which fan you will replace.
2. Remove the front bezel (see “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137).
3. Pull out the fastener .1/ in the top center of the
processor fan .2/. This places the fastener in the
unlocked position.
4. Pivot the fan downward and remove it from the
server.
5. Insert the replacement fan in the fan bay. Align the
bottom tabs of the fan .2/ with the matching slots in
the server chassis.
6. Pivot the fan in an upward position.
7. When you have the fan correctly seated in the fan
bay, press on the fastener in the center of the fan to
secure the fan in the server.
Note
When you correctly seat the fan in the chassis,
the fan blades begin to spin. The fan LED goes
out a few seconds after the new fan is installed.
8. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
144
Netfinity Server HMM
Replacing an I/O fan
1. Determine which fan you will replace.
2. Remove the top cover (see “Removing the top cover”
on page 136).
3. Pull up the fastener .1/ in the center of the fan .2/.
This places the fastener in the unlocked position.
4. Lift the fan out of the server.
5. Insert the replacement fan in the fan bay. Align the
connector on the bottom of the fan with the matching
connector in the server chassis.
6. When you have the fan correctly seated in the fan
bay, press down on the fastener in the center of the
fan to secure the fan in the server.
Note
When you correctly seat the fan in the chassis,
the fan blades begin to spin. The fan LED goes
out a few seconds after the new fan is installed.
7. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
145
Processor housing assembly
The Netfinity 8500R server comes with at least one
processor installed on the standard processor
daughterboard. When you install one or more additional
processors, the server can operate as a symmetric
multiprocessing (SMP) server. With SMP, certain
operating systems and application programs can distribute
the processing load among the processors. This enhances
performance for database and point-of-sale applications,
integrated manufacturing solutions, and other applications.
Note
To ensure that the operating system supports
multiprocessing operations, load the appropriate
multiprocessor option software in the operating system
programs.
The server supports a maximum of eight Intel Pentium III
Xeon processors (upgradable when available). For a list of
supported operating systems, see
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/compat/ on the World Wide Web.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
146
Read “Safety information” on page 240.
Thoroughly review the documentation that comes
with the processor, so that you can determine
whether you need to update the Netfinity 8500R
server basic input/output system (BIOS). Verify
that you have the latest BIOS level for the server
by accessing http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/compat/
on the World Wide Web.
Refer to the “Getting Help, Service, and
Information” section of this Server Library for the
appropriate World Wide Web addresses and
bulletin-board telephone numbers.
If you plan to use the processor serial-number
security feature, you must change the setting of
the Processor Serial Number Access menu
choice in the Advanced Setup menu of the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. The default
value is Disabled; change this value to Enabled,
as described in “Processor serial number access”
on page 29.
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. The illustrations in this section might differ slightly
from your hardware.
2. To ensure proper server operation, when you
install an additional processor, use processors
with the same cache size and core frequency as
those of the currently installed processor.
3. If you replace the processors in the server with
processors of a different speed, be sure to set
the processor core frequency selection jumper
block correctly. (See “Processor-controller board
jumpers” on page 141 for more information. For
a list of supported processor speeds, see
http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/support/ on the World
Wide Web.)
4. To maintain signal quality and system reliability,
either a processor or a processor terminator card
must be installed in each processor connector. A
processor must be installed in processor
connector A1 on the standard processor
daughterboard (A).
5. If you are installing an optional processor
daughterboard (B), you must also install the two
cache coherency filter cards in the two adjacent,
vertical slots between the two processor
daughterboards on the processor controller
board. (See “Processor-daughterboard
component locations” on page 143 for the
location of the cache coherency filter card A and
the cache coherency filter card B connectors.)
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
147
Notes (continued)
1. The server comes with a processor installed in
connector A1, on the standard processor
daughterboard (A). If you need to install
additional processors, install them in the following
order:
A1, A3, A2, A4
If you need to install processors on the optional
processor daughterboard (B), install them in the
following order:
B1, B3, B2, B4
2. If you are replacing a failed processor, verify that
you have selected the correct processor for
replacement. To do this, remove the front bezel
(see “Removing the front bezel” on page 137)
and check the LEDs on the LED card at the front
of the processor housing assembly, above the
processor fans, to see which LED is on.
3. If you replaced a defective processor, you must
manually enable the processor slot in the
Configuration/Setup utility program. In this case,
the system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup utility program to enable the
processor slot. See “Processor settings” on
page 31 for additional information.
The processors in the server reside on processor
daughterboards. The standard processor daughterboard
(A) and the optional processor daughterboard (B) reside in
separate cages on the processor controller board. All of
these components reside in the processor housing
assembly.
Note
Refer to the “Start Here” section of this Server Library
for a detailed, exploded view of the processor housing
assembly.
This section contains the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
148
“Removing the processor housing assembly” on
page 149
“Installing or replacing a processor” on page 151
“Installing or replacing a processor daughterboard” on
page 153
“Reinstalling the processor housing assembly” on
page 159
Netfinity Server HMM
Removing the processor housing
assembly: To remove the processor housing
assembly:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices,
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to install options” on page 134); then,
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the front
bezel” on page 137).
2. Remove the three processor fans:
a. Pull the fastener .1/ in the top center of the fan
housing .2/. This places the fastener in the
unlocked position.
b. Pivot the fan downward and remove it from the
server.
c. Repeat steps 2a and 2b for each additional fan.
Refer to the following illustration while you perform
the steps in this section.
3. Open the two latches .1/ at the top of the processor
housing assembly .2/. Fully extend the latches.
4. Pull the processor housing assembly partially out of
the server, approximately 203.2 mm (8 in.).
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
149
Attention
To avoid injury, do not place your fingers
immediately behind the latches at the top of the
processor housing assembly.
5. Close the latches at the top of the processor housing
assembly.
Attention
Do not lift the processor housing assembly by the
latches.
6. Grasp the bottom sides of the processor housing
assembly. Lift and slide the assembly out of the
server until it stops, approximately 228.6 mm (9 in.).
Note
If the assembly stops before you can slide it out
of the server, lift it slightly and continue to
remove it from the server.
7. Place the processor housing assembly on a flat,
static-protective surface, with processor labels A1–A4
and B1–B4 right side up.
Processor fail LEDs .1/
Memory fail LED .2/
Press to Show Fault button .3/
Capacitor Testing LED .4/
Processor Fail LED .5/
150
Netfinity Server HMM
Installing or replacing a processor:
To install
or replace a processor:
Refer to the following illustrations while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
Processor-cage cover
Fasteners on processor-cage cover
Processor latches
Terminator card latches
Processor terminator card
Processor and heat sink
1. Turn the four plastic fasteners .2/ on the
processor-cage cover .1/ until they are in the
unlocked position (one quarter-turn). You may use a
flat-blade screwdriver or a coin.
2. Remove the processor-cage cover .1/ and set it
aside.
3. Determine the processor connector in which you want
to install the new processor. If the connector contains
a processor terminator card .5/:
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
151
a. Pull the processor terminator card latches .4/ so
that they rotate to the unlocked position.
b. Remove the processor terminator card .5/ from
the processor connector.
c. Store the processor terminator card in a safe
place.
Note
After you install the new processor in the
server, place the terminator card in the
empty static-protective bag.
4. If you are installing processors in the optional
processor-daughterboard assembly, first follow the
instructions in “Installing an optional processor
daughterboard and cache coherency filter cards” on
page 155; then, return here to continue.
5. If you are replacing a defective processor that was
indicated by a processor failure LED and you need to
verify its location, perform the following test.
a. The eight processor error LEDs are located on
the LED card, behind the processor housing
assembly latches. Locate the words Press to
show fault on the processor housing assembly.
b. Press the indicated button adjacent to the words
Press to show fault, and note the amber LEDs
that indicate the defective processors, if any.
If no amber LEDs illuminate and the green
capacitor test LED adjacent to the word Testing
does not illuminate, have the system serviced.
c. Remove the defective processor and install a
new one as described in this section.
Removing the processor:
a. Pull the processor latches .3/ so that they rotate
to the unlocked position.
Attention
Before you remove the processor, note the
orientation of the original A1 processor.
b. Remove the processor .6/ from the processor
connector.
c. Set the processor aside. Refer to the processor
option documentation for complete instructions
on proper handling and disposal of a defective
processor.
6. Install the processor:
a. Touch the static-protective package containing
the new processor to any unpainted metal
surface on the server; then, remove the
processor from the package.
b. Rotate the processor latches .3/ to the open
position.
152
Netfinity Server HMM
Attention
Before you press the processor into the
connector, make sure that the processor has
the same orientation as the original A1
processor.
c. Insert the processor .6/ into the guides and
gently press the processor into the connector.
When the processor is correctly inserted, all the
processor heat sinks in both processor cages
face the same direction, toward connector A1.
d. Rotate the processor latches .3/ until they close
and lock in place.
7. If you plan to install more than one processor, repeat
step 3 on page 151 and step 6 on page 152 in this
section.
8. If you replaced a defective processor, you must
manually enable the processor slot in the
Configuration/Setup utility program. In this case, the
system does not automatically access the
Configuration/Setup utility program to enable the
processor slot. See “Processor settings” on page 31
for additional information.
9. If you are installing a processor daughterboard,
continue with “Installing or replacing a processor
daughterboard.”
If you are not installing a processor daughterboard,
continue with the following steps.
10. Reinstall the processor-cage cover by inserting the
cover tabs into the slots on the top of the processor
cage.
11. Turn the four plastic fasteners on the processor-cage
cover until they are in the locked position (one
quarter-turn). You may use a flat-blade screwdriver
or a coin.
Attention
Do not lift the processor housing assembly by the
latches.
12. Reinstall the processor housing assembly as
described in “Reinstalling the processor housing
assembly” on page 159.
Installing or replacing a processor
daughterboard: You will need to install a second
processor daughterboard if you plan to use more than four
processors in the server. The additional processors must
be installed on an optional processor daughterboard. Or,
you might need to replace a processor daughterboard.
Refer to the following illustration while you perform the
steps in this section. In this illustration, the standard
processor cage is installed in the processor housing
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
153
assembly, with a processor .11/ in connector A1. The
optional processor cage is item .5/.
.1/ Processor-cage cover
.2/ Fasteners on processor-cage cover
.3/ Processor terminator card
.4/ Optional processor
.5/ Processor cage
.6/ Processor-daughterboard spacers (not present if
processor daughterboard is present)
.7/ Processor daughterboard
.8/ Processor housing assembly latches
.9/ Fan guard
.1ð/ Processor-cage release latches
.11/ Processor A1
154
Netfinity Server HMM
Installing an optional processor daughterboard
and cache coherency filter cards: To install an
optional processor daughterboard and the cache
coherency filter cards:
Attention: Do not lift the processor housing assembly by
the latches .8/.
1. If you have not already removed the processor
housing assembly, do so now. Perform step 1 on
page 149 through step 7 on page 150 and steps 1
and 2 on page 151; then, return here.
2. If you have not already removed the processor-cage
cover .1/, do so now. Rotate the four fasteners .2/
to the unlocked position; then, lift the cover and set it
aside.
3. Remove the empty processor cage .5/:
a. Squeeze and slide out the release latches .1ð/
as far as they will go, until they reach the
unlocked position; then, release.
b. Lift the empty processor cage out of the
processor housing assembly, and remove the
spacers .6/.
Note
When you are removing the processor cage
from the processor housing assembly, be
sure that the processor cage release latches
remain in place. Store the spacers in a safe
place for future use.
4. Remove the fan guard .9/:
a. Remove the two screws from the sides of the fan
guard.
b. Lift the fan guard off the processor housing
assembly.
c. Rotate the fan guard away from the processors.
d. Slide the fan guard toward the processors to
remove the tabs on the bottom of the fan guard
from the slots. Do not disconnect the power
cables.
5. Install the two cache coherency filter cards in the two
adjacent, vertical slots between the two processor
daughterboards on the processor controller board.
For location, see “Processor-controller board
component locations” on page 140.
6. Reinstall the fan guard:
a. Ensure that the power cables are routed over the
top of the retainer bracket that holds the two
cache coherency filter cards in place.
b. Slide the tabs on the bottom of the fan guard
into the slots.
c. Place the fan guard on the processor housing
assembly.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
155
d. Reinstall the two screws that you removed in
step 4a to secure the fan guard.
7. Touch the static-protective package containing the
new processor daughterboard to any unpainted metal
surface on the server; then, remove the new
processor daughterboard .7/ from its static-protective
package.
8. Align the processor-daughterboard connector with the
keyed connector on the processor controller board.
Note
For the location of the processor-daughterboard
connectors on the processor controller board, see
“Processor-controller board component locations”
on page 140. For a layout of the processor
daughterboard, see “Processor-daughterboard
component locations” on page 143.
9. Firmly press the processor daughterboard .7/ down
into the keyed connector on the processor controller
board. Push in the center of the board, until the
processor daughterboard is fully seated.
10. Ensure that the two processor cage release latches
are still in the unlocked (pulled out) position.
11. Align the processor cage with its tabs over the
corresponding slots on the processor daughterboard.
Match the labels on the processor cage with the
corresponding labels on the fan guard .9/; for
example, A1/A1.
12. Firmly press the processor cage down into the slots in
the processor housing assembly, until the processor
cage is fully seated.
13. Squeeze and firmly push the release latches .1ð/
back into the locked position; then, release.
Attention
Ensure that the release latches are in the fully
locked position.
14. Install processors .4/ in the desired connectors, as
described in step 3 on page 151 through step 7 on
page 153; then, return here.
15. Install terminator cards .3/ in the connectors that do
not contain processors. The arrows on the
terminators must face toward the large connector on
the processor housing assembly and away from the
fan guard.
16. Reinstall the processor-cage cover by reversing step
2 on page 155.
17. Reinstall the processor housing assembly by
performing steps 1 through 7 on page 159.
Replacing the standard processor
daughterboard: To replace the processor
daughterboard in the standard processor cage:
156
Netfinity Server HMM
Refer to the illustration that immediately precedes
“Installing an optional processor daughterboard and cache
coherency filter cards” on page 155 while you perform the
steps in this section.
Attention: Do not lift the processor housing assembly by
the latches.
1. If you have not already removed the processor
housing assembly, do so now. Perform step 1 on
page 149 through step 7 on page 150 and steps 1
and 2 on page 151; then, return here.
2. If you have not already removed the processor-cage
cover .1/, do so now. Rotate the four fasteners .2/
to the unlocked position; then, lift the cover and set it
aside.
3. Open the latches at the top of the processor in
connector A1, and remove the processor. Place it on
a flat, static-protective surface. Repeat these actions
for the remaining processors and terminator cards in
the processor cage.
4. Remove the processor cage:
a. Squeeze and slide out the release latches .1ð/
as far as they will go, until they reach the
unlocked position; then, release. as they will go,
until they reach the unlocked position.
b. Lift the processor cage out of the processor
housing assembly, and place it on a flat,
static-protective surface.
5. If necessary, remove the processor-daughterboard
extraction tool from processor cage A (behind
processor A4); then, place the
processor-daughterboard extraction tool under and
against the processor daughterboard, as shown, in
the area marked Use extraction tool here.
6. Press the processor-daughterboard extraction tool
downward to pivot and lift the processor
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
157
daughterboard; then, remove the processor
daughterboard from the processor housing assembly.
7. Remove the new processor daughterboard .7/ from
its static-protective bag.
8. Align the processor-daughterboard connector with the
keyed connector on the processor controller board.
Note
For the location of the processor-daughterboard
connectors on the processor controller board, see
“Processor-controller board component locations”
on page 140. For a layout of the processor
daughterboard, see “Processor-daughterboard
component locations” on page 143.
9. Firmly press the processor daughterboard .7/ down
into the keyed connector on the processor controller
board. Push in the center of the board, until the
processor daughterboard is fully seated.
10. Align the processor cage with its tabs over the
corresponding slots on the processor daughterboard.
Match the labels on the processor cage with the
corresponding labels on the fan guard .9/; for
example, A1/A1.
11. Firmly press the processor cage down into the slots
on the processor housing assembly, until the
processor cage is fully seated.
12. Squeeze and firmly push the release latches .1ð/
back into the locked position; then, release.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
158
Attention: Ensure that the release latches are in the
fully locked position.
Install processors .4/ in the desired connectors, as
described in step 3 on page 151 through step 7 on
page 153; then, return here.
Install terminator cards .3/ in the connectors that do
not contain processors. The arrows on the
terminators must face toward the large connector on
the processor housing assembly and away from the
fan guard.
If you removed the processor-daughterboard
extraction tool in step 5 on page 157, replace the
processor-daughterboard extraction tool on processor
cage A, behind processor A4. Otherwise, store the
tool in a safe place for future use.
Reinstall the processor-cage cover by performing
steps 10 and 11 on page 153.
Reinstall the processor housing assembly as
described in “Reinstalling the processor housing
assembly” on page 159.
Netfinity Server HMM
Reinstalling the processor housing
assembly: To reinstall the processor housing
assembly:
1. With the processor housing assembly positioned so
that the processors are pointing downward and the
latches .8/ are closed, align the processor housing
assembly with the guides on the inside walls of the
server.
Attention
To avoid injury, do not place your fingers
immediately behind the latches at the top of the
processor housing assembly.
2. Grasp the bottom sides of the processor housing
assembly. Slide the processor housing assembly
partially into the server; then, open the latches fully.
3. Lift and slide the assembly into the server until it
stops.
4. Close the processor housing assembly latches.
5. Reinstall the three processor fans:
a. Insert the fans in the server. Align the tabs on
the bottom edge of the fans with the matching
slots in the server chassis.
b. When you have the fans correctly seated, press
the fasteners in the top center of the fans to
secure the fans in the server.
6. Reinstall the front bezel (see “Installing the front
bezel” on page 58).
7. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, continue with “Completing the
installation” on page 56.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
159
SCSI backplane component locations
The following simplified layout of the SCSI backplane
identifies the components. See “SCSI IDs” on page 112
for information on SCSI IDs.
.1/ Media power connector
.2/ Wide (16-bit) SCSI connector
.3/ SCSI hot-swap drive connectors (on opposite side
of backplane)
160
Netfinity Server HMM
SCSI backplane removal
The SCSI backplane supports up to two hard disk drives.
Note
All drives must be removed and disconnected before
removing the backplane.
1. See “Before you begin to install optional hardware” on
page 52 and “Internal drives installation” on
page 110.
2. Remove any plugged-in drives.
3. Remove all connectors from the SCSI backplane.
4. Remove the five screws .1/ that hold the backplane
to the server chassis.
5. Lift the SCSI backplane .2/ up and out of the server.
You may need to tilt the SCSI backplane slightly to
get it out of the server.
6. Reverse the procedure to install the SCSI backplane.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
161
System reliability considerations
To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability, make
sure:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
162
Each drive bay has either a drive or a filler panel
installed. If a slim-high drive is installed, make sure
that the slim filler bezel is installed.
Each power supply bay has a power supply installed.
The top cover is in place during normal operation. If
the server is on, do not leave the top cover off for
more than 30 minutes at a time.
The memory-access panel is in place during normal
operation.
To leave sufficient space around the server to allow
the server cooling system to work properly. Refer to
the server rack documentation, for example, IBM
Netfinity 9308 Enterprise Rack Planning Guide, for
additional information.
Cables for optional adapters are routed according to
the instructions that come with the adapters.
A fan that has failed (indicated by a lit amber LED) is
replaced as soon as convenient to help maintain the
redundant cooling capability.
Additional processors are installed on the processor
daughterboards in the correct order. See “Processor
housing assembly” on page 146 for installation
instructions.
Additional DIMMs are installed on the memory boards
in the correct order. See “DIMM and memory board
installation” on page 63 for installation instructions.
Netfinity Server HMM
Understanding the Netfinity 8500R
server design
The Netfinity 8500R server incorporates new design
features and components.
In the Netfinity 8500R server design, the system has an
I/O board, an I/O integrated function card (commonly
referred to as an I/O function card), a midplane, a
processor controller board, at least one processor
daughterboard, and at least one memory board. This
modular design improves serviceability and provides for a
compact design.
Note
Refer to the “Start Here” section of this Server Library
for exploded views of the major assemblies in the
server.
I/O board: The I/O board houses the connectors for
the PCI adapters and primary server boards, and houses
other I/O devices that you can install to expand the
capabilities of the server.
The I/O board contains the connectors for the midplane,
I/O function card, Advanced System Management PCI
adapter, two USB ports, the PCI switch card, twelve
hot-plug PCI adapters, and two voltage regulator modules
(VRMs).
Note
The I/O board is also known as the I/O planar.
See “I/O board component locations” on page 116 for a
layout of the I/O board.
Several features, such as the Wake on LAN feature, are
built into the server I/O board. To enable the Wake on
LAN feature, you must install the appropriate software and
hardware in the server. For complete details, refer to the
documentation that comes with the Ethernet adapter.
I/O function card:
The I/O function card houses the
battery, I/O ports, and other I/O devices that you can install
to expand the capabilities of the server.
The I/O function card contains the connectors for the I/O
board, Advanced System Management PCI adapter,
CD-ROM drive, diskette drive, front panel, keyboard,
mouse, SCSI and other I/O ports, jumpers, battery, and
other devices.
See “I/O function card component locations” on page 120
for a layout of the I/O function card.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
163
Midplane:
The midplane provides all of the
interconnects for all of the major server components.
The midplane contains the connectors for the I/O board,
the processor controller board, the standard memory board
(A), the optional memory board (B), three memory I/O
cooling fans, three power supplies, a media power device
(through cabling), and a power control card.
See “I/O board component locations” on page 116,
“Memory board component locations” on page 130, and
“Processor-controller board component locations” on
page 140 for the location of the midplane connector on the
I/O board, the memory board, and the processor controller
board, respectively.
Processor controller board:
The processor
controller board manages the server processors on the
processor daughterboards.
The processor controller board contains the connectors for
the standard processor daughterboard, the optional
processor daughterboard, the cache coherency filter card
A, the cache coherency filter card B, and the LED card.
See “Processor-controller board component locations” on
page 140 for a layout of the processor controller board.
Processor daughterboard: The processor
daughterboard houses the server processors and is
connected to the processor controller board.
The server supports two processor daughterboards. Each
processor daughterboard contains the connectors for four
processors.
See “Processor housing assembly” on page 146 for
instructions on installing a processor on a processor
daughterboard. See “Processor-daughterboard component
locations” on page 143 for a layout of the processor
daughterboard.
Memory board:
The memory board houses the dual
inline memory modules (DIMMs). The DIMMs contain the
system memory.
The server supports two memory boards. Each memory
board contains the connectors for 16 DIMMs.
See “DIMM and memory board installation” on page 63 for
instructions on installing a DIMM on a memory board, and
installing a memory board in the server. See “Memory
board component locations” on page 130 for a layout of
the memory board.
164
Netfinity Server HMM
Working inside a server with power on
The server is designed to operate safely while powered on
with the top cover removed. The server is designed to
protect you and the server. Follow these guidelines when
you work inside the server while the server is on:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Avoid loose-fitting clothing on your forearms. (Button
the cuffs on long-sleeved shirts before working inside
the server; do not wear cuff links while you are
working inside the server.)
Do not allow any clothing (such as neckties or
scarves) to hang inside the server.
Remove all jewelry, such as necklaces, bracelets, and
loose-fitting wrist watches.
Remove items from your shirt pocket (such as pens
and pencils) that could fall into the server as you lean
over it.
Avoid dropping any metallic objects, such as paper
clips, hair pins, or screws, into the server.
If the server is on, do not leave the top cover off for
more than 30 minutes at a time.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
165
Symptom-to-FRU index
This index supports Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681 servers.
Notes
1. Check the configuration before you replace a
FRU. Configuration problems can cause false
errors and symptoms.
2. For IBM devices not supported by this index,
refer to the manual for that device.
3. Always start with “General checkout” on page 5.
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, and
the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this Symptom-to-FRU Index to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing the computer. It is
divided into the following sections:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
166
“Beep symptoms” on page 167.
“No beep symptoms” on page 172.
“Power supply LED errors” on page 173.
“Power control card LED” on page 176.
“Server component fault indicators” on page 182.
“Diagnostic error codes” on page 183.
“Other error symptoms” on page 190.
“POST error codes” on page 194.
“DASD LEDs for hardfiles running in a RAID
environment” on page 206.
“SCSI errors” on page 206.
“SM BUS error (3-3-2)” on page 208.
“Undetermined problems” on page 211
“System management codes” on page 222.
“System Management Interrupt (SMI) Handler” on
page 227.
Netfinity Server HMM
Beep symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Note
One beep after successfully completing POST
indicates the system is functioning properly.
Beeps
1-2-3
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Three beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-2
(Processor register test
failed)
1. BSP Processor
Note
The BSP
Processor is
identified on the
IBM logo screen
during boot. If
you cannot boot
to the IBM logo
screen, the BSP
is the highest
functional
processor
(highest
functioning
processor slot
number) on the
processor
daughterboard A.
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
1-1-3
(CMOS write/read test
failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
2. I/O Function Card
3. System Management
Adapter
4. I/O Board
1-1-4
(BIOS Flash EEPROM
checksum failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
167
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
1-2-1
(Programmable Interval
Timer failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
1-2-2
(DMA initialization failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
1-2-3
(DMA page register
write/read failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
1-2-4
RAM refresh verification
failed
1. Processor Controller
Board
2. Processor Daughter
Board
3. Memory Card
1-3-1
(1st 1MB RAM test failed)
1. Remove DIMM in
Memory Card A, slot
J1, or, if not
populated, the slot
closest to J1.
Attempt to boot the
system. If it boots,
replace the DIMM. If it
does not boot,
suspect the following
FRUs.
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
1-3-2
(1st 1MB RAM ECC test
failed)
1. Remove DIMM in
Memory Card A, slot
J1, or, if not
populated, the slot
closest to J1.
Attempt to boot the
system. If it boots,
replace the DIMM. If it
does not boot,
suspect the following
FRUs.
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
168
Netfinity Server HMM
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
2-1-1
(Secondary DMA register
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
2-1-2
(Primary DMA register
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
2-1-3
(Primary interrupt mask
register failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
2-1-4
(Secondary interrupt mask
register failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
2-2-1
(Interrupt vector loading
failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
2-2-2
(Keyboard controller failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. Keyboard
2-2-3
(CMOS power failure and
checksum checks failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
2-2-4
(CMOS configuration info
validation failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
2. I/O Function Card
2-3-1
(Screen initialization failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-2
(Screen memory failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-3
(Screen retrace failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-4
(Search for video ROM
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-4-1
(Video failed, screen
believed operable)
1. I/O Function Card
3-1-1
(Timer tick interrupt failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
169
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
3-1-2
(Interval timer channel 2
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3-1-3
(RAM test failed above
address 0FFFFH)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
5. Processor Daughter
Board
3-1-4
(Time-Of-Day clock failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
2. I/O Function Card
3-2-1
(Serial port failed)
1. I/O Function Card
3-2-2
(Parallel port failed)
1. I/O Function Card
3-2-3
(Math coprocessor failed)
1. Processor
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
3-2-4
(Failure comparing CMOS
memory size against actual)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
5. Processor Daughter
Board
6. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3-3-1
(Memory size mismatch
occurred)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
5. Processor Daughter
Board
6. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3-3-2
(Critical SM BUS error
occurred)
1. Disconnect the
server power cord
from outlet, wait 30
seconds and retry.
2. See “SM BUS error
(3-3-2)” on page 208.
170
Netfinity Server HMM
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
Two Short Beeps
(No video, no warning LED)
Note
1. I/O Function Card
Two short beeps after
a configuration change
or after AC power has
been removed and is
restored to normal.
Three Short Beeps
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card A
3. Memory Card B, if
installed
4. Processor Controller
Board
5. Processor Daughter
Board
One Continuous Beep
1. Processor
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
Repeating Short Beeps
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
One Long and One Short
Beep
1. Video adapter, if
installed
2. I/O Function Card
One Long and Two Short
Beeps
1. Video adapter, if
installed
2. I/O Function Card
One Long and Three Short
Beeps
1. Monitor (Display)
2. I/O Function Card
Two Long and Two Short
Beeps
1. Video adapter, if
installed
2. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
171
No beep symptoms
No Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
No beep and the system
operates correctly.
1. Check Front Panel
Cable
2. Front Panel
3. I/O Function Card
No AC power to any
power supplies
(Power supply AC LED is
off)
1. Check AC power
source
2. Check the power cord
No AC power to a single
power supply
(Power supply AC Good
LED is off)
1.
2.
3.
4.
No beep and no video
1. See “Undetermined
problems” on
page 211.
System will not power-up
(Power supply ac LED is
on)
1. See “Power supply
LED errors” on
page 173.
System will not power off
using the power control
button on the front panel
1. See “Power supply
LED errors” on
page 173.
2. Four switch front panel
cable
3. Front panel cable
4. Front panel assembly
5. I/O function card
172
Netfinity Server HMM
Check power source
Check power cable
Power supply
Power control card
Power supply LED errors
Use the power supply LED information on the following
page to trouble shoot power supply problems.
Note
The minimum configuration required for the DC Good
light to come on is:
I/O Board
Midplane
Power Control Card
Processor Controller Card
Memory Carrier
128MB DIMM
Power Supply (one or more)
Important
If you cannot power the system off with the front panel
switch:
1. If ACPI is enabled (operating system dependant),
you must hold the power button for 5 seconds.
2. Disconnect the AC power.
3. Remove the I/O function card.
4. Remove the battery on the I/O Function card.
5. On the I/O function card, move J15 jumper from
pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3.
6. Wait a minimum of five minutes.
7. On the I/O function card, move J15 jumper back
from pins 2 and 3 to pins 1 and 2.
8. Reinstall the battery on the I/O function card.
9. Reinstall the I/O function card in the server.
10. Restore AC power to the server.
11. Power-on the server.
12. Reconfigure the server using the
configuration/setup utility.
Table 15 (Page 1 of 2). Power Supply LED Errors
AC
Good
LED
DC
Good
LED
Error
Off
Off
No
power
to
system
or a
problem
with
the ac
power
source.
On
Off
Standby
mode
or dc
problem.
FRU/Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check ac power source.
Power Supply
Midplane
Power Control Card
Go to “AC LED on/DC LED off”
on page 174.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
173
Table 15 (Page 2 of 2). Power Supply LED Errors
AC
Good
LED
DC
Good
LED
Error
FRU/Action
On
On
Power
is OK
None
AC LED on/DC LED off: If the AC LED is on and
the DC LED is off, do the following:
1. Check the Power Control Card LED, then return to
this table. See “Power control card LED” on
page 176).
2. Attempt to start the system and check the DC Good
LEDs.
3. If the Good AC LED on and DC Good LED off
condition does not exist on all power supplies, move
the power supply with the DC Good LED off to one of
the other power supply positions. If the DC Good
LED off condition stays with the power supply,
replace FRUs in the following order:
a. Power supply
b. Power control card
c. Midplane
If the DC Good LED off condition stays with the
power supply position, replace FRUs in the following
order, then go to step 10 on page 175:
a. Power control card
b. Midplane
4. If the condition exists on all the power supplies,
disconnect the AC power from all supplies for 30
seconds, then reconnect AC power and attempt to
start the system. Check the LEDs again. If DC Good
LEDs are lit on all power supplies, continue with
system checkout. If not, continue with step 5.
5. Disconnect the ac power and reduce the system to
the minimum configuration described in the note at
the beginning of this section.
6. Install a jumper on J11 on the I/O Board (see “I/O
board component locations” on page 116).
7. Connect the AC power cord and attempt to start the
system. Check the DC Good LED.
8. If the DC Good LED is on, reinstall the components in
the following order to isolate the failing FRU:
a. I/O Function Card
b. Front Panel (once installed, jumper J11 on the
I/O board is no longer needed).
c. System management adapter
d. All remaining components, one at a time.
9. If the DC Good LED is off, swap power supplies. If
the DC Good LED is still off, replace FRUs in the
following order, then go to step 10 on page 175:
a. Power control card
b. Midplane
174
Netfinity Server HMM
c. I/O planar
d. Power supply
If the DC Good LED is on after swapping power
supplies, replace the power supply that was removed,
then go to step 10.
10. Once the failing FRU has been replaced, re-install all
remaining FRUs, and continue with the system
checkout.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
175
Power control card LED
The power control card LED is located in the center of the
system, between the processors and the midplane. On the
power control card is an LED that provides status of the
card based on its flash rate. To view the LED, look
through the hole in the left side of the chassis.
With AC power applied to the power supplies, the following
conditions may be indicated by the power control card
LED:
1. Slow flash rate (approximately 1 flash per second) the power control card is functioning properly.
2. No flashing LED - Power control card is not
operational. Replace the power control card.
3. Fast flash rate (approximately 2 flashes per second) the system has a 240VA fault, which will shut down
the system, indicating a possible processor failure or
a short in a system component.
If a 240VA fault is indicated (LED flashing rapidly), do the
following:
1. Leave the AC power applied.
2. Connect to the service processor and view the
system error log, looking for a power failure message
on one or more of the power planes. If a power failure
message is posted, refer to the following table and
proceed as indicated.
176
Netfinity Server HMM
Power Fault Message in
the System Error Log
3.3V bus A
(power to the memory
complex)
Failing FRU/Action
1. Disconnect AC
power.
2. Reduce memory to
one memory carrier
and one memory
DIMM.
3. Reconnect AC power
and wait about 30
seconds for the system
management adapter
to initialize.
4. Attempt to start the
system.
5. If the system starts,
one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall one
FRU at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
6. If the system does not
start, suspect
remaining system
FRUs in the following
order:
a. Memory DIMM
b. Memory carrier
c. Midplane
d. Power supply
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
177
Power Fault Message in
the System Error Log
3.3V bus B
(power to I/O board and
CPU complex)
178
Netfinity Server HMM
Failing FRU/Action
1. Disconnect AC
power.
2. Reduce the system to
one processor
daughterboard with
one processor.
3. Remove the cache
coherency filter
DIMMs.
4. Remove all PCI
adapters except the
I\O function card and
the system
management adapter.
5. Reconnect the AC
power and wait about
30 seconds for the
system management
adapter to initialize.
6. Attempt to start the
system. If the system
starts, one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall the
FRUs one at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
7. If the system does not
start, suspect
remaining system
FRUs in the following
order:
a. I/O Planar
b. Processor
c. Processor
daughter card
d. Processor
controller board
e. Midplane
f. Power supply
Power Fault Message in
the System Error Log
5V bus A
(Power to PCI, I/O, NIO and
CPU complex)
Failing FRU/Action
1. Remove AC power.
2. Reduce the system to
one processor
daughter board with
one processor.
3. Remove the cache
coherency filter
DIMMs.
4. Remove all PCI
adapters except the
I\O function card and
the system
management adapter.
5. Reconnect the AC
power and wait about
30 seconds for the
system management
adapter to initialize.
6. Attempt to start the
system. If the system
starts, one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall the
FRUs one at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
7. If the system does not
start, suspect
remaining system
FRUs in the following
order:
a. Hotswap sense
card
b. I/O function card
c. System
management
adapter
d. I/O board
e. Processor
f. Processor
daughter board
g. Processor board
h. Power control
card
i. Midplane
j. Power supply
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
179
Power Fault Message in
the System Error Log
5V bus B
(power to PCI slots and
SCSI devices)
180
Netfinity Server HMM
Failing FRU/Action
1. Disconnect AC
power.
2. Remove all internal
SCSI devices (DASD
or Tape drives).
3. Remove the SCSI
backplane.
4. Remove all PCI
adapters except the
I\O function card and
the system
management adapter.
5. Reconnect the AC
power and wait about
30 seconds for the
system management
adapter to initialize.
6. Attempt to start the
system. If the system
starts, one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall the
FRUs one at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
7. If the system does not
start, suspect
remaining system
FRUs in the following
order:
a. I/O Function card
b. System
management
adapter
c. I/O board
d. Power control
card
e. Midplane
f. Power supply
Power Fault Message in
the System Error Log
Failing FRU/Action
12V bus A
(power to PCI slots)
1. Disconnect AC
power.
2. Remove all PCI
adapters except the
I\O function card and
the system
management adapter.
3. Reconnect the AC
power and wait about
30 seconds for the
system management
adapter to initialize.
4. Attempt to start the
system. If the system
starts, one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall the
FRUs one at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
5. If the system does not
start, suspect FRUs in
the following order:
a. I/O Function card
b. System
management
adapter
c. I/O board
d. Midplane
e. Power supply
12V bus B
(power to media devices
and I/O fans)
1. Disconnect AC
power.
2. Remove all internal
media devices (DASD,
CD-ROM, tape, and
floppy drives).
3. Remove the SCSI
backplane.
4. Remove all the I/O
fans (4, 5, and 6)
5. Reconnect the AC
power and wait about
30 seconds for the
system management
adapter to initialize.
6. Attempt to start the
system. If the system
starts, one of the FRUs
removed is the failing
FRU. Reinstall the
FRUs one at a time to
identify the failing FRU.
7. If the system does not
start, suspect FRUs in
the following order:
a. Midplane
b. Power control
card
c. Power supply
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
181
Server component fault indicators
Fault Indicator
Memory DIMM
(see“Memory board
component locations” on
page 130 )
FRU/Action
1. DIMM indicated by
the lit LED
Note
Run the
Configuration/Setup
Utility to re-enable
the DIMM slot
following FRU
replacement (see
“The
Configuration/Setup
Utility program”
on page 20).
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
Processor
(see“Processor-daughterboard
component locations” on
page 143 )
1. Processor indicated
by the lit LED
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
Hard Disk Drive
(see“Controls and
indicators” on page 60 )
1. Hard Disk Drive
indicated by the lit
LED
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
Processor Fan
(see“Hot-swap fan
installation/removal” on
page 83 )
1. Processor Fan
indicated by the lit
LED
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
I/O Fan
(see“Replacing an I/O fan”
on page 145 )
1. I/O Fan indicated by
the lit LED
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
System Management
Adapter
(see“Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter
component locations” on
page 48 )
1. System Management
Adapter
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
I/O Function Card
(see“I/O function card
component locations” on
page 120 )
1. I/O Function Card
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
PCI Adapter
(see“Adapters” on page 43
)
1. PCI Adapter indicated
by the lit LED
2. Check system error log
and diagnose any error
messages.
182
Netfinity Server HMM
Diagnostic error codes
In the following error codes, X can be any number or letter.
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
001-XXX-XXX
(Failed core tests)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
005-XXX-XXX
(Failed Video test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
011-XXX-XXX
(Failed Serial Port test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
014-XXX-XXX
(Failed Parallel Port test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
015-XXX-XXX
Failed USB test)
1. I/O Board
2. I/O Function Card
030-XXX-000
(Failed Internal SCSI
interface test -channel 0)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
030-XXX-001
(Failed Internal SCSI
interface test -channel 1)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
035-XXX-000
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 1)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 1
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-001
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 1 SCSI ID 0)
Important
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 1
SCSI Drive Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-001
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 2)
Important
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 2
3. SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
183
Error Code/Symptom
035-XXX-002
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 2 SCSI ID 1)
Important
FRU/Action
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 2
SCSI Drive Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-002
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 3)
Important
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 3
3. SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-003
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 4)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 4
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-004
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 5)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 5
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-005
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 6)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 6
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-006
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 7)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 7
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-007
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 8)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 8
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-008
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 9)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 9
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-009
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 10)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 10
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-010
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 11)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 11
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-011
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 12)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. RAID Adapter 12
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-099
(No adapters found)
1. If an adapter is
installed, re-check its
connection
184
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
035-XXX-Y99
(Failed RAID test on PCI
slot Y. Check system error
log before replacing a FRU.)
1. RAID Adapter in slot
Y
2. SCSI Backplane
3. Cable
035-253-Y99
(RAID adapter initialization
failure)
1. ServeRAID adapter in
slot Y is not
configured properly.
Obtain the basic and
extended configuration
status and refer to the
ServeRAID HMM for
more information.
035-XXX-YNN
(Fixed disk error at SCSI ID
NN on slot Y. Check system
error log before replacing a
FRU.)
1. Fixed disk with SCSI
ID NN on RAID
adapter in PCI slot Y
089-XXX-001
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor B1
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Board
089-XXX-002
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor B2
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Card
089-XXX-003
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor B3
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
185
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
089-XXX-004
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor B4
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Card
089-XXX-005
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor A1
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Card
089-XXX-006
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor A2
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Card
089-XXX-007
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor A3
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Card
186
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
089-XXX-008
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Cache Coherency
DIMMs, if two
Processor Daughter
Boards are installed.
Disregard if a single
Processor Daughter
Board is installed.
2. Processor A4
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Card
165-XXX-000
(Failed System
Management Adapter test)
1. System Management
Adapter
2. System Management
Adapter Cable
3. Front Panel Cable
4. Front Panel
5. I/O Function Card
180-XXX-000
(LED test failed)
1. System Management
Adapter
180-XXX-001
(LED test failed)
1. Front Panel Cable
2. Front Panel
3. System Management
Adapter
180-XXX-002
(Memory Card B LED test
failed)
1. Memory Card B
2. LED Card
3. Midplane
180-XXX-003
(Memory Card A LED test
failed)
1. Memory Card A
2. LED Card
3. Midplane
180-XXX-004
(PCI Power/Attention LED
tests failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Retention Bracket
180-XXX-005
(Retention bracket failure)
1. PCI switch card
2. I/O Function card
3. I/O Board
180-XXX-006
(ASPI not loaded)
1. SCSI Drive Cable
2. SCSI Backplane
3. I/O Function Card
180-XXX-007
(DASD LED failed, see
message for slot)
1. Drive Cable
2. DASD backplane
180-XXX-008
(DIMM LEDs failed)
1. LED Card
2. Midplane
180-XXX-009
(CPU LEDs failed)
1. LED Card
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
187
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
185-XXX-001
(Intrusion Security test
failed)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Intrusion Cable
Front Panel Cable
Front Panel
I/O Function Card
185-XXX-002
(Intrusion Security test
failed)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Intrusion Cable
Front Panel Cable
Front Panel
I/O Function Card
201-004-1DD
(Single Bit Memory Error on
Memory Card B)
DD = DIMM Number (silk
screened on memory card)
1. DIMM (See message
for DIMM Number)
2. Memory Card B
3. Midplane
201-004-2DD
(Single Bit Memory Error on
Memory Card A)
DD = DIMM Number (silk
screened on memory card)
1. DIMM (See message
for DIMM Number)
2. Memory Card A
3. Midplane
201-199-000
(General memory failure)
1.
2.
3.
4.
201-204-1DD
(Multiple Bit Memory Error
on Memory Card B)
DD = DIMM Number (silk
screened on memory card)
1. DIMM (See message
for DIMM Number)
2. Memory Card B
3. Midplane
201-204-2DD
(Multiple Bit Memory Error
on Memory Card A)
DD = DIMM Number (silk
screened on memory card)
1. DIMM (See message
for DIMM Number)
2. Memory Card A
3. Midplane
201-XXX-001
(Failed ECC test)
1. DIMM (Verify failing
FRU in system error
log.)
202-XXX-001
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor B1
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-002
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor B2
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-003
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor B3
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Card
188
Netfinity Server HMM
DIMM
Memory Card A
Memory Card B
Midplane
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
202-XXX-004
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor B4
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-005
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor A1
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-006
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor A2
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-007
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor A3
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Card
202-XXX-008
(Failed Cache test)
1. Processor A4
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Card
206-XXX-XXX
(Failed Diskette Drive test)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Diskette Drive Cable
Media power cable
Diskette Drive
I/O Function Card
215-XXX-000
(Failed CD-ROM test)
1.
2.
3.
4.
CD-ROM Drive Cable
Media power cable
CD-ROM drive
I/O Function Card
217-XXX-001
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 1
217-XXX-002
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 2
301-XXX-XXX
(Failed Keyboard test)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
415-XXX-XXX
(Failed modem test)
1. Modem Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
189
Other error symptoms
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
CD is not working properly
or there is no CD activity.
1. Clean the CD.
2. Clean the optical-head
lens.
3. Run Diagnostics.
4. Check the CD-ROM
cable.
5. CD-ROM Drive
6. Media power cable
7. I/O function card
CD-ROM drive tray is not
working.
(The server must be
powered-on.) If the server
is on and the tray does not
eject,
1. Insert the end of a
paper clip into the
manual tray-release
opening.
2. CD-ROM Drive
3. Media Power Cable
CD-ROM drive is not
recognized or is not
accessible.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup,
enabled primary IDE
channel.
2. Check cables and
jumpers.
3. Check for correct
device driver.
If the CD-ROM drive is still
not recognized, exchange
FRUs in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
190
Netfinity Server HMM
Drive Cable
CD-ROM Drive
I/O Function Card
Media power cable
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
Diskette drive in-use light
stays on; or the in-use light
flashes, but the diskette is
not read; or the system
bypasses the diskette drive.
If there is a diskette in the
drive, verify that:
1. The diskette drive is
enabled in the
configuration
programs.
2. The diskette is properly
formatted.
3. The diskette is good
and not damaged.
(Try another diskette if
you have one.)
4. The diskette is inserted
correctly in the drive.
5. The diskette contains
the necessary files to
start the server.
6. The software program
is OK.
If the diskette drive in-use
light stays on, or the system
continues to configure or
bypass the diskette drive,
exchange FRUs in the
following order:
1. Diskette drive
2. Drive cable
3. I/O function card
Diskette drive is not working
or is not accessible.
1. Check diskette drive
cable.
2. Diskette drive
3. I/O function card
4. Media power cable
Diskette drive does not
configure.
1. Check diskette drive
cable.
2. Diskette drive
3. I/O function card
4. Media power cable
Diskette drive will not read
or write to the media.
1. Try different media.
2. Check the diskette
drive cable.
3. Diskette drive
4. I/O function card
5. Media power cable
CPU Fan is running, but the
CPU Fan LED is on.
1. Fan
2. LED card
CPU Fans (all) are not
turning, but the I/O fans are
turning.
1. LED card
2. Power control card
CPU Fans (only)
continuously running fast.
1. LED Card
2. Power Control Card
I/O Fan is running, but the
I/O Fan LED is on.
1. Fan
2. Power control card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
191
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
I/O Fans (all) are not
turning, but the CPU fans
are turning.
1. Midplane
2. Power control card
I/O Fans (only) continuously
running fast.
1. Power Control Card
Fan (one only) not running.
1. Swap fans to see if
the fan is defective.
If the fan still does
not run in the new
position, replace the
fan.
2. Midplane (I/O fan)
3. LED Card (CPU fan)
4. Power Control Card
Fans (multiple) not running.
1. Power control card (if
both I/O and CPU
fans are not running)
2. Midplane (I/O fans)
3. LED card (CPU fans)
Fans (all) not running.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fans (all) continuously run
fast.
Note
1. Check all power
supplies for AC Good
and DC Good LEDs.
2. Power control card
3. Front panel cable
4. Front panel assembly
5. I/O function card
6. System Management
Adapter
7. I/O board
This may be proper
operation for a system
in an elevated ambient
temperature
environment.
Fans (multiple) run fast and
there is no video.
192
Netfinity Server HMM
Power control card
midplane
Power supply
AC power source
1. Check all power
supplies for AC Good
and DC Good LEDs.
2. Check all fans. Swap
positions to see if the
problem follows the
fan. Replace any fans
not turning or if their
fault LEDs are lit.
3. If all power supply
LEDs and all fans are
okay, replace FRUs in
the following order:
a. Operator panel
b. Operator panel
cable
c. System
management
adapter
d. System
management
adapter cable
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
Monitor problems (general)
Some IBM monitors have
their own self-tests. If you
suspect a problem with the
monitor, refer to the
information that comes with
the monitor for adjusting
and testing instructions.
1. Check video cable.
2. Monitor
3. Display adapter (if
applicable)
4. I/O function card
5. I/O board
Network no longer works.
1. Check cables
attached to the PCI
adapter.
2. Check protocol settings
3. PCI adapter
4. PCI switch card
5. I/O board
PCI adapter no longer
responds.
1. Check cables
attached to the PCI
adapter.
2. PCI adapter
3. PCI switch card
4. I/O board
System continually resets
itself and reboots.
See “Undetermined
problems” on page 211
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
193
POST error codes
In the following error codes, X can be any number or letter.
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
062
(Three consecutive boot
failures using the default
configuration.)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. I/O Function Card
101, 102
(System and processor
error)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
106
(Diskette controller error)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
111
(Channel check error)
1. I/O Board
114
(Adapter read-only memory
error)
1. Failing Adapter
2. Run Diagnostics
129
(Internal Cache error)
1. BSP Processor
Note
The BSP
processor is
identified on the
IBM logo screen
during boot. If
you cannot boot
to the IBM logo
screen, the BSP
is the highest
functional
processor
(highest
functioning
processor slot
number) on the
processor
daughter board A.
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
151
(Real time clock error)
194
Netfinity Server HMM
1. Run Diagnostics
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. I/O Function Card
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
161
(Real time clock battery
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. I/O Function Card
162
(Device Configuration Error)
Important
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. Failing device identified
by the displayed error
message
4. I/O Board
5. Media Power Cable
Be sure to load the
default settings and
any additional desired
settings; then, save
the configuration.
163
(Real-Time Clock error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. I/O Function Card
164
(Memory configuration
changed)
1. If error 289 is
displayed, follow
instruction on
screen. Verify failing
FRU in system error
log.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. DIMM
4. Memory Card
5. Processor Daughter
Board
6. Processor Controller
Board
173
(System CMOS checksum
bad)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. I/O Function Card
175
(Hardware error)
1. System Management
Adapter
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
4. Processor Controller
Board
176
(Computer cover or cable
cover was removed without
a key being used)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Intrusion Cable (if in a
tower configuration)
3. Front Panel Cable
4. Front Panel
5. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
195
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
177, 178
(Security hardware error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Intrusion Cable (if in a
tower configuration)
3. Front Panel Cable
4. Front Panel
5. I/O Function Card
6. System Management
Adapter
7. System Management
Adapter Cable
184
(Power-on password
corrupted)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. System Management
Adapter
185
(Drive startup sequence
information corrupted)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. System Management
Adapter
186
(Security control logic error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Intrusion Cable (if in a
tower configuration)
3. Front Panel Cable
4. Front Panel
5. I/O Function Card
6. System Management
Adapter
187
(VPD serial number not set.)
1. Set serial number in
Setup
2. System Management
Adapter
188
(Bad EEPROM CRC #2)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. I/O Board
189
(An attempt was made to
access the server with
invalid passwords)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup,
enter the
administrator
password
201
(Memory test error)
1. DIMM
2. Memory Board
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
196
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
229
(Cache error)
1. BSP Processor
Note
The BSP
processor is
identified on the
IBM logo screen
during boot. If you
cannot boot to the
IBM logo screen,
the BSP is the
highest functional
processor
(highest
functioning
processor slot
number) on the
processor
daughter board A.
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
262
(DRAM parity configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. Processor Controller
Board
4. Processor Daughter
Board
289
(DIMM has been disabled
by the user or system, see
“Memory settings” on
page 31.)
1. Follow the
instructions on the
screen. Verify the
failing FRU in the
system error log.
301
(Keyboard or keyboard
controller error)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
303
(Keyboard controller error)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
602
(Invalid diskette boot record)
1.
2.
3.
4.
604
(Diskette drive error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
and Diagnostics
2. Check drive cable
3. Diskette drive
4. Media Power Cable
5. I/O Function Card
Diskette media
Check drive cable
Media Power Cable
Diskette Drive
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
197
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
605
(Unlock failure)
1.
2.
3.
4.
662
(Diskette drive configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
and Diagnostics
2. Check Drive cable
3. Diskette Drive
4. Media Power Cable
5. I/O Function Card
762
(Coprocessor configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
3. BSP Processor
962
(Parallel port error)
1. Disconnect external
cable on parallel port.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. I/O Function Card
11XX
(System board serial port 1
or 2 error)
1. Disconnect external
cable on serial port.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. I/O Function Card
1600
(The System Management
Adapter is not functioning)
Do the following before
replacing a FRU:
1. I/O Board Cable
2. System Management
Adapter Cable
3. System Management
Adapter
4. I/O Function Card
5. I/O Board
Ÿ
Remove the ac power
to the system, wait 20
seconds; then,
re-connect the ac
power. Wait 30
seconds; then,
power-on the system.
Check drive cable
Diskette Drive
Media Power Cable
I/O Function Card
1762
(Fixed Disk Configuration
error)
1. Fixed Disk Cables
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. Fixed Disk Adapter
4. Fixed Disk Drive
5. I/O Function Card
178X
(Fixed Disk error)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1800
(No more hardware interrupt
available for PCI adapter)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001800XX
198
Netfinity Server HMM
Fixed Disk Cables
Run Diagnostics
Fixed Disk Adapter
Fixed Disk Drive
I/O Function Card
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
1801
(No room for PCI option
ROM)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001801XX
1802
(No more I/O space
available for PCI adapter)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001802XX
1803
(No more memory above
1MB available for PCI
adapter)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001803XX
1804
(No more memory below
1MB available for PCI
adapter)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001804XX
1805
(PCI option ROM checksum
error)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001805XX
1806
(PCI to PCI bridge error)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001806XX
1807
(PCI device not responding)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001807XX
1808
(Unsupported PCI device
error)
1. See system error log.
2. See error code
001808XX
1962
(Drive does not contain a
valid boot sector)
1. Verify a bootable
operating system is
installed
2. Run Diagnostics
3. Internal SCSI Drive
Cable, if internal boot
device; External SCSI
Drive Cable, in
external boot device
4. I/O Function Card
5. Hard Disk Drive
2400
(Video controller test failure)
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. I/O Function Card
2462
(Video memory
configuration error)
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. I/O Function Card
5962
(IDE CD-ROM configuration
error)
1. Run Configuration
2. Check CD-ROM Drive
Cable
3. CD-ROM Drive
4. Media Power Cable
5. Battery, see “Battery
replacement” on
page 49.
6. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
199
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
8603
(Pointing Device Error)
1. Pointing Device
2. I/O Function Card
00012000
(Machine check architecture
error)
1. BSP Processor
Note
The BSP
processor is
identified on the
IBM logo screen
during boot. If
you cannot boot
to the IBM logo
screen, the BSP
is the highest
functional
processor
(highest
functioning
processor slot
number) on the
processor
daughter board A.
2. Processor Controller
Board
3. Processor Daughter
Board
000195B01
(Processor B1 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor B1
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195B02
(Processor B2 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor B2
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195B03
(Processor B3 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor B3
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Board
200
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
000195B04
(Processor B4 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor B4
3. Processor Daughter
Board B
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195A01
(Processor A1 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor A1
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195A02
(Processor A2 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor A2
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195A03
(Processor A3 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor A3
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Board
000195A04
(Processor A4 is not
functioning)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
2. Processor A4
3. Processor Daughter
Board A
4. Processor Controller
Board
000197B01
(Processor B1 failed BIST)
1. Processor B1
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197B02
(Processor B2 failed BIST)
1. Processor B2
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197B03
(Processor B3 failed BIST)
1. Processor B3
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Board
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
201
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
000197B04
(Processor B4 failed BIST)
1. Processor B4
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197A01
(Processor A1 failed BIST)
1. Processor A1
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197A02
(Processor A2 failed BIST)
1. Processor A2
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197A03
(Processor A3 failed BIST)
1. Processor A3
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Board
000197A04
(Processor A4 failed BIST)
1. Processor A4
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Board
00019900A
(Processor bus A disabled)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs
2. Processor Daughter
Board A
3. Processor Controller
Board
00019900B
(Processor bus B disabled)
1. Cache coherency
filter DIMMs
2. Processor Daughter
Board B
3. Processor Controller
Board
001800XX (XX = PCI Slot)
(No more hardware interrupt
available for PCI adapter)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Try adapter in another
PCI slot
3. Failing Adapter
4. I/O Function Card
202
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
001801XX
(No room for PCI option
ROM)
Note
Adapters have too
many ROMs. Reduce
number of PCI
adapters or disable
their ROMs. The last
two digits identify the
PCI slot of the suspect
adapter.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
4. I/O Board
001802XX
(No more I/O space
available for PCI adapter)
The last two digits identify
the PCI slot of the suspect
adapter.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
001803XX
(No more memory above
1MB available for PCI
adapter) The last two digits
identify the PCI slot of the
suspect adapter.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
001804XX
(No more memory below
1MB available for PCI
adapter) The last two digits
identify the PCI slot of the
suspect adapter.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Move the failing
adapter to slot 11 or
12
3. Failing Adapter
001805XX
(PCI option ROM checksum
error) The last two digits
identify the PCI slot of the
suspect adapter.
1. PCI Adapter
2. I/O Board
001806XX
(PCI to PCI Bridge error)
The last two digits identify
the PCI slot of the suspect
adapter.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Move the failing
adapter to slot 1 or 2
3. Failing Adapter
4. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
203
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
001807XX
(PCI device not responding)
The last two digits identify
the PCI slot of the suspect
adapter.
If the adapter slot power
LED is on, suspect FRUs in
this order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
PCI Adapter
I/O Board
PCI Switch Card
I/O Function Card
If the adapter slot power
LED is off, suspect FRUs in
this order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
PCI switch card
PCI adapter
I/O board
I/O function card
001808XX
(Unsupported PCI device
error) The last two digits
identify the PCI slot of the
suspect adapter.
1. PCI Adapter
2. I/O Board
01295085
(ECC checking hardware
test error)
1. Processor Controller
Board
2. Processor Daughter
Board
3. BSP Processor
4. Run memory
diagnostics
01299XXX
(Hardware configuration has
changed or the VPD
information stored on the
System Management
Adapter has been
corrupted.)
If no hardware has been
changed, suspect the
System Management
Adapter and replace FRUs
as listed. If hardware has
been changed, this code is
only informative and is not
an error.
1. Check the System
Management Adapter
Cable
2. System Management
Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
4. I/O Board
I9990301
(Fixed boot sector error, no
operating system installed)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
for correct startup
2. Verify operating
system installed
3. Internal SCSI Drive
Cable, if internal boot
device; External SCSI
Drive Cable, in
external boot device
4. SCSI Drive
5. SCSI Backplane
6. I/O Function Card
204
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
I9990305
(Fixed boot sector error, no
operating system installed)
1. Install operating
system to hard disk
drive.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
205
DASD LEDs for hardfiles running in a
RAID environment
Check the status LED. If on, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the internal SCSI drive cable.
Replace the failing hard disk drive.
Replace the SCSI backplane.
Replace the hard disk drive controller (PCI adapter).
SCSI errors
Error Code
FRU/Action
Internal SCSI hard drive
does not configure on
boot
1. Run
Setup/Configuration
Utility.
2. Run SCSI Select
Utility.
3. Suspect FRUs in the
following order:
a. SCSI cable
b. Media Power
cable
c. Hard file
d. I/O Function card
e. SCSI backplane
External SCSI device does
not configure on boot
One or more of the following
might be causing the
problem:
1. External SCSI
devices must be
powered-on before
you power-on the
server.
2. The cables for all
external SCSI devices
are connected
correctly, and are not
damaged.
3. If you have attached
an external SCSI
device to the server,
make sure the external
SCSI termination is set
to automatic.
4. The last device in each
SCSI chain is
terminated correctly.
5. The SCSI devices are
configured correctly.
6. Front Panel Cable.
Internal SCSI device
status LED stays lit
constantly
1. SCSI device (if in a
RAID configuration)
2. SCSI backplane
3. SCSI cable
206
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code
FRU/Action
Negotiation failed
1. Swap the SCSI cable
on the I/O function
card to the other
SCSI port and reboot
system. If the failure
is the same as
before, suspect FRUs
in the following
order:
a. DASD drive
b. SCSI cable
c. SCSI backplane
2. If the system does not
fail with the SCSI cable
plugged into the other
SCSI port, replace the
I/O function card.
Wide negotiation failed
1. Swap the SCSI cable
on the I/O function
card to the other
SCSI port and reboot
system. If the failure
is the same as
before, suspect FRUs
in the following
order:
a. DASD drive
b. SCSI cable
c. SCSI backplane
2. If the system does not
fail with the SCSI cable
plugged into the other
SCSI port, replace the
I/O function card.
Termination error or faulty
cable
1. Swap the SCSI cable
on the I/O function
card to the other
SCSI port and reboot
system. If the failure
is the same as
before, suspect FRUs
in the following
order:
a. DASD drive
b. SCSI cable
c. SCSI backplane
2. If the system does not
fail with the SCSI cable
plugged into the other
SCSI port, replace the
I/O function card.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
207
SM BUS error (3-3-2)
Note
The minimum system configuration required to force
power-on the system using I/O jumper J11 is:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
One DIMM on one memory card
One processor
One processor daughter board
Processor control board without cache coherency
filter cards
Midplane
Power control card
LED card
I/O board
I/O function card
One power supply
If the system produces a 3-3-2 beep error, power-off the
system and disconnect all the power supplies from the ac
power source. Wait 30 seconds, then reconnect the ac
power source and power-on the system. If this does not
correct the problem, do the following:
1. Connect remotely to the system through the System
Management Adapter and check the system error log.
Investigate any errors posted.
2. Power off the system and disconnect all the power
supplies from the ac power source.
3. Reduce the system to the minimum system
configuration described in the note at the beginning of
this section. You may leave the PCI cards in place
and use the PCI switch card to remove power from
the PCI slots.
Note
Any power supplies not connected to AC power
should be unlatched and unseated from the
midplane to ensure proper I2C bus termination.
Lift the power supply handle and pull the power
supply to the rear of the system approximately 1
inch.
4. Reconnect the ac power source to the single power
supply in the minimum configuration. Use jumper J11
on the I/O Board to power-on the server.
5. If the server still exhibits the 3-3-2 beep sequence,
skip to step 8 on page 210.
6. If the server starts without the 3-3-2 beep code,
power-off the system, remove the jumper from J11,
and then attach the Front Panel Cable and front panel
assembly to the I/O Function Card.
7. Attempt to boot the server using the power control
button on the Front Panel. If you hear the 3-3-2 beep
code, replace the Front Panel and/or cable. If the
208
Netfinity Server HMM
server starts, power-off the system, then attach/install
the remaining components one at a time, until you
hear the 3-3-2 beep. The last FRU added prior to the
3-3-2 beep code is the failing FRU. Power-on the
server after the addition of each FRU, and power it off
prior to adding the next FRU. FRUs should be added
in the following order:
a. Front panel (after which you no longer need to
use jumper J11 on the I/O board to force power
on)
b. Power supplies (one at a time)
c. Processors (one at a time)
Note
Addition of the 5th processor automatically
requires installation of the second processor
daughter card and the cache coherency filter
DIMMs as well. Any of these may be the
failing FRU if the system fails at this point.
If the 3-3-2 beep occurs when this
combination is installed, do the following:
1. Remove the cache coherency filter
DIMMs.
2. Remove the first processor daughter
board with all its processors.
3. Reboot the system.
If the system boots without the 3-3-2 beep,
one or more of the cache coherency filter
DIMMs were the failing FRUs. Replace the
pair of DIMMs.
If the system does not boot with this
combination of processor and processor
daughter card, do the following:
1. Swap the processor with one from the
first processor daughter card
2. Reboot the system.
If the system boots without the 3-3-2 beep,
the processor just removed is the failing
FRU. Replace it.
If the system still gives the 3-3-2 beep, the
processor daughter board is the failing FRU.
Replace it.
d. Processor terminator cards (one at a time)
e. Memory card (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
f. Memory DIMM (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
g. System management adapter
h. SCSI backplane
i. Hardfiles (one at a time)
j. CDROM drive
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
209
k. Diskette drive
l. Fans (one at a time)
m. PCI card (one at a time)
n. External device (one at a time)
8. If the server does not start with the minimum required
configuration, one of the FRUs remaining in the
configuration is bad. Do the following:
a. If the system had multiple processors, processor
daughter boards, memory cards, DIMMs or
power supplies in its
original configuration,
swap removed FRUs with those
currently installed in the minimum partial-boot
configuration
reboot to see if there is any
change in system behavior. If system boots to
the IBM logo screen after swapping a FRU, last
FRU removed is the failing FRU. Swap FRUs
one at a time in this order:
1) Power supplies
2) Processors
3) Processor terminator cards
4) Processor daughter boards
5) Memory boards
6) DIMMs
b. Continue with this step until the failing FRU has
been identified, or all multiple FRUs have been
cycled through the minimum configuration.
c. If the failing FRU has been identified, replace it
and go to step 8.
d. If all multiple FRUs have been cycled through
the minimum configuration and the failing FRU
has not been identified, go
to step 9
9. One of the FRUs remaining in the configuration is the
failing FRU. Replace FRUs in the order listed below.
The FRU which allows the system to boot without the
3-3-2 beep is the failing FRU:
a. Memory board (if the original configuration had
only one)
b. DIMM (if the original configuration had only one)
c. Processor (if the original configuration had only
one)
d. Processor terminator card (if the original
configuration had only one)
e. Processor daughter board (if the original
configuration had only one)
f. Processor controller board
g. I/O board
h. I/O function card
i. Power control card
j. Midplane
10. Once the failing FRU has been identified and the
minimum configuration will boot properly without the
3-3-2 beep code, reconfigure the server to its orginal
configuration.
210
Netfinity Server HMM
Undetermined problems
You are here because you have encountered a condition
which could not be corrected using other parts of the
service package. Before proceeding, you should have
already dealt with any beep codes, POST error codes,
diagnostic error codes, error messages in the system error
log, error messages on the front panel or video display, or
any other symptoms addressed by other sections of this
publication.
This section is structured so that if a step is not applicable
to the service situation at hand, go to the next step, unless
otherwise directed.
Notes
1. If you suspect a software mismatch is causing
failures (solid or intermittent), be sure to see
“Resolving configuration conflicts” on page 34.
2. A corrupt CMOS can cause undetermined
problems.
Note
If the problem goes away when you remove an
adapter from the system, and replacing that adapter
does not correct the problem, suspect the I/O board
and then the processor board(s).
1. Look at the front of the system and see if any amber
component fault indicator LEDs are lit. The
component fault indicator LEDs correspond to
memory DIMMs and processors installed in the
system. A lit LED indicates the failing memory DIMM
or processor.
2. If no component fault indicator LEDs are lit, proceed
to 6.
3. If one or more component fault indicator LEDs are lit,
replace the FRU corresponding to one of the
component fault indicator LEDs.
4. Retest the system. If it boots properly and all
component fault indicator LEDs are unlit, go to 32 on
page 221. If there are still remaining component fault
indicator LEDs lit, continue replacing the
corresponding FRUs one at a time until all component
fault indicator LEDs remain unlit.
5. If the FRU(s) identified by the component fault
indicator LED did not correct the problem, replace the
original FRU(s) and proceed with 6.
6. Check the LEDs on all the power supplies, see
“Power supply LED errors” on page 173. If the
power supply LEDs indicate the power supplies are
not working correctly, follow the guidance in “Power
supply LED errors” on page 173 and correct that
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
211
problem before proceeding. If the LEDs indicate the
power supplies are working correctly, do the following:
a. If a component has been added, reseat the
added component and components around it,
and retest.
b. If the system has been moved recently, reseat
all the components and retest.
c. If a PCI adapter or a device attached to a PCI
adapter that was previously configured is now
missing, suspect FRUs in the following order:
1) PCI adapter
2) Device attached to the PCI adapter
3) I/O board
4) If a non-PCI media device that was
previously configured is now missing,
suspect FRUs in the following order:
a) Media device
b) I/O function card
c) Media signal cable
d) Media power cable
7. Check the System Error log by booting to the System
Configuration/Setup Utility (if possible), or accessing
remotely through the System Management Adapter.
Locate any error messages generated just prior to the
system error. Investigate the errors in the order they
were generated, since the root cause may generate
multiple errors.
Note
A single problem might cause several error
messages. When this occurs, work to correct the
cause of the first error message. After the cause
of the first error message is corrected, the other
error messages usually will not occur the next
time you run the test.
8. Check the LEDs on the I/O board, see “I/O board
component locations” on page 116.
a. Check Power Good LEDs. If they are on, go to
8b. If not on, reseat the I/O board in the
midplane. If the Power Good LEDs are still not
lit, replace power control card.
b. Check PCI slot power LEDs. If an adapter is
present and its PCI power LED is on, proceed to
8c. If an adapter is present but the power LED
is not on, ensure the hot plug switch is closed,
then suspect the following FRUs in this order:
1) PCI adapter
2) PCI sense card
3) I/O board.
c. If no PCI adapter are installed, proceed to step
8d on page 213 If any PCI adapters are
installed, check their PCI slot attention lights
(others may be flashing, but focus on those with
212
Netfinity Server HMM
adapters installed). If a PCI adapter is present
and its attention light is flashing, suspect the
following FRUs in this order:
1) PCI adapter
2) I/O board
3) I/O function card
d. If no PCI adapters are installed and one or more
PCI attention lights flashing, suspect FRUs in
this order:
1) I/O board
2) I/O function card
e. Power-off the computer, wait 30 seconds and
then power-on the computer.
f. If the system boots at least as far as the IBM
logo screen, go to 16 on page 216. If the
system will not boot to the IBM logo screen,
consider the following note and continue with 8g.
Note
Minimum partial-boot requirements are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
I/O Board
I/O Function Card
Midplane
Power Control Card
Power Supply (1)
LED card
Processor Daughter Board (1)
Processor Controller Board
Processor (1)
Memory Card (1)
DIMM (Minimum requirement = 1 DIMM
of 128 MB or larger)
Video Monitor (Display)
g. Reduce the server to the minimum partial-boot
configuration (see note).
h. Retest the system. Use jumper J11 on the I/O
board to force power on since the front panel is
disconnected.
i. If the system does not boot as far as the IBM
logo screen, go to 10 on page 215.
j. If the system boots to the IBM logo screen,
power-off the system, remove jumper J11 on the
I/O board, and add components back into the
system one at a time and reboot the system until
the system fails to boot as far as the IBM logo
screen. This narrows the possibilities of the
failing FRU to the last FRU added, or the board
it plugs into.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
213
Note
In the case of multiple FRUs, such as power
supplies, processors, processor terminators,
processor daughter boards, memory cards,
and DIMMS, it is prudent to verify the
function of each FRU in the same position
or slot prior to installing multiples of the
FRU. This way, you are working with
known-good FRUs. A failure when
multiples are installed indicates failure of the
card the multiple FRUs plug into, or another
related FRU, rather than the FRU you just
installed.
Consider these possibilities:
1. If all processors work in position A-1
but the system fails with processors in
A-1 plus any other slot on processor
daughterboard A, suspect the
processor daughter board followed by
the processor controller board.
2. If all power supplies work in position 1
but fail in slots 2 or 3, suspect the
midplane or power control card.
3. If all memory DIMMs work in memory
board A slot J1 but fail in any other
slot, suspect the memory board,
followed by the processor control board
and the midplane.
4. If a populated memory card works in
position A but fails in position B,
suspect the processor controller board
followed by the the midplane.
Components should be added in the following
order:
1) Front panel (after which you no longer need
to use Jumper J11 on the I/O board to force
power on)
2) Power supplies (one at a time)
3) Processors (one at a time)
214
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
Addition of the 5th processor automatically
requires installation of the second processor
daughter card and the cache coherency filter
DIMMs as well. Any of these may be the
failing FRU if the system fails at this point.
If failure occurs when this combination is
installed, do the following:
1. Remove the cache coherency filter
DIMMs.
2. Remove the first processor daughter
board with all its processors.
3. Reboot the system.
If the system boots to the IBM logo
screen, the one or more of the cache
coherency filter DIMMs were the failing
FRUs. Replace the pair of DIMMs.
If the system does not boot with this
combination of processor and processor
daughter card, do the following:
1. Swap the processor with one from the
first processor daughter card
2. Reboot the system.
If the system boots to the IBM logo screen,
the processor just removed is the failing
FRU. Replace it.
If the system does not boot to the IBM logo
screen, the processor daughter board is the
failing FRU. Replace it.
k. Processor terminator cards (one at a time)
l. Memory card (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
m. Memory DIMM (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
n. System management adapter
o. SCSI backplane
p. Hardfiles (one at a time)
q. CD-ROM drive
r. Diskette drive
s. Fans (one at a time)
t. PCI card (one at a time)
u. External device (one at a time)
9. Once the failing FRU is identified, power off the
system, replace the failing FRU and go to 12 on
page 216.
10. If the server does not boot as far as the IBM logo
screen with the minimum partial-boot configuration,
one of the FRUs in the current configuration is faulty.
Do the following:
a. If the system had multiple processors, processor
daughter boards, memory cards, DIMMs or
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
215
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
216
power supplies in its original configuration, swap
removed FRUs with those currently installed in
the minimum partial-boot configuration and
reboot to see if there is any change in system
behavior. If the system boots to the IBM logo
screen after swapping a FRU, the last FRU
removed is the failing FRU. Swap FRUs one at
a time in this order:
1) Power supplies
2) Processors
3) Processor terminator cards
4) Processor daughter boards
5) Memory boards
6) DIMMs
b. Continue with this step until the failing FRU has
been identified, or all multiple FRUs have been
cycled through the minimum partial-boot
configuration.
c. If the failing FRU has been identified, replace it
and go to 12.
d. If all multiple FRUs have been cycled through
the minimum partial-boot configuration and the
failing FRU has not been identified, go to 11.
One of the FRUs remaining in the configuration is the
failing FRU. Replace FRUs in the order listed below.
The FRU which allows the system to boot as far as
the IBM logo screen is the failing FRU:
a. Memory board (if the original configuration had
only one)
b. DIMM (if the original configuration had only one)
c. Processor (if the original configuration had only
one)
d. Processor terminator card (if the original
configuration had only one)
e. Processor daughter board (if the original
configuration had only one)
f. Processor controller board
g. I/O board
h. I/O function card
i. Power control card
j. Midplane
Restore the server to its original configuration.
Retest the system without external devices attached.
Attach external devices.
Verify the system repair and return the system to the
customer.
If the system will boot at least as far as the IBM Logo
screen, consider the following note and continue with
17 on page 217.
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
Minimum full-boot requirements are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
I/O Board
I/O Function Card
Midplane
Power Control Card
Power Supply (1)
Processor Daughter Board (1)
Processor Controller Board
Processor (1)
LED card
Memory Card (1)
DIMM (Minimum requirement = 1 DIMM of
128 MB or larger)
SCSI backplane (if boot hardfile is internal)
Boot hardfile (internal or external)
PCI SCSI adapter (if external boot hardfile is
driven by PCI adapter)
Video Monitor (Display)
Keyboard
Mouse
17. Reduce the system to the minimum full-boot
configuration (see note).
18. Retest the system. Use jumper J11 on the I/O board
to force power on since the front panel is
disconnected.
19. If the system does not boot to the operating system,
go to 21 on page 219. If the system boots to the
operating system, shutdown the server and add FRUs
back into the configuration one at a time until the
system will no longer boot to the operating system.
This narrows the possibilities of the failing FRU to the
last FRU added, or the board it plugs into.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
217
Note
In the case of multiple FRUs, such as power
supplies, processors, processor terminators,
memory cards, and DIMMS, it is prudent to verify
the function of each FRU in the same position or
slot prior to installing multiples of the FRU. This
way, you are working with known-good FRUs. A
failure when multiples are installed indicates
failure of the card the multiple FRUs plug into, or
another related FRU, rather than the FRU you
just installed.
Consider these possibilities:
1. If all processors work in position A-1 but the
system fails with processors in A-1 plus any
other slot on processor daughterboard A,
suspect the processor daughter board
followed by the processor controller board.
2. If all power supplies work in position 1 but
fail in slots 2 or 3, suspect the midplane or
power control card.
3. If all memory DIMMs work in memory board
A slot J1 but fail in any other slot, suspect
the memory board, followed by the
processor control board, and the midplane.
4. If a populated memory card works in
position A but fails in position B, suspect the
processor controller board followed by the
the midplane.
Components should be added in the following order:
a. Front panel (after which you no longer need to
use Jumper J11 on the I/O board to force power
on)
b. Power supplies (one at a time)
c. Processors (one at a time)
218
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
Addition of the 5th processor automatically
requires installation of the second processor
daughter card and the cache coherency filter
DIMMs as well. Any of these may be the
failing FRU if the system fails at this point.
If failure occurs when this combination is
installed, do the following:
1. Remove the cache coherency filter
DIMMs.
2. Remove the first processor daughter
board with all its processors.
3. Reboot the system.
If the system boots to the IBM logo screen,
the one or more of the cache coherency
filter DIMMs were the failing FRUs. Replace
the pair of DIMMs.
If the system does not boot with this
combination of processor and processor
daughter card, do the following:
1. Swap the processor with one from the
first processor daughter card
2. Reboot the system.
If the system boots to the IBM logo
screen, the processor just removed is the
failing FRU. Replace it.
If the system does not boot to the IBM logo
screen, the processor daughter board is the
failing FRU. Replace it.
d. Processor terminator cards (one at a time)
e. Memory card (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
f. Memory DIMM (maintaining DIMM pairs across
the memory cards)
g. System management adapter
h. PCI card (one at a time)
i. External device (one at a time)
20. Once the failing FRU is identified, power off the
system, replace the failing FRU and go to 29 on
page 220.
21. If the server boots past the IBM logo, but will not boot
to the operating system, do the following:
a. Reboot to the configuration/setup utility.
b. Use the default configuration
c. Exit the configuration/setup utility and reboot the
system.
d. After the IBM logo screen disappears, watch the
video display to see if the boot device is listed
during the SCSI polling sequence. Displayed on
the screen will be a line of text that says the
following:
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
219
Press <<Ctrl-A for SCSIselect(TM) Utility>>
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
220
Immediately after you see that line of text, the
SCSI ports and devices will be posted to the
screen as they are identified.
e. Watch the video display to see if the boot
hardfile is listed.
If the boot device is listed, but the system will not
boot to the operating system, replace FRUs in the
following order:
a. Boot device
b. I/O function card
c. I/O Planar (if your operating system is NT or
SCO Unix)
If the boot device is not listed on the SCSI device
screen and the boot device is an internal SCSI drive,
move the boot drive to the other internal SCSI bay
and reboot. If the drive is now listed on the SCSI
screen, replace the SCSI backplane and go to 29.
Move the SCSI cable from the internal SCSI port to
the external SCSI port. Reboot the system. If the
drive is now listed on the SCSI screen, replace the
I/O function card and go 29.
If you still do not see the boot device listed on the
SCSI screen, suspect FRUs in the following order:
a. Boot hardfile
b. SCSI cable
c. I/O function card
d. SCSI backplane
If the boot device is displayed on the SCSI screen but
you are unable to boot to the operating system,
suspect the following:
a. Corrupt boot code
b. Boot hardfile
c. SCSI cable
d. I/O function card
e. SCSI backplane
If the operating system begins to load and the system
hangs, suspect FRUs in the order listed. The FRU
replaced which allows the system to boot to the
operating system identifies the failing FRU.
a. Memory Board
b. I/O Board
c. I/O function card
d. Processor controller board
e. Processor daughter card
f. Processor
g. Processor terminator card
h. DIMM
i. Midplane
j. Power control card
k. Power supply
Power off the server.
Restore the server to its original configuration.
Retest the system without external devices attached.
Netfinity Server HMM
31. Attach external devices.
32. If memory or processor component fault indicators
were lit and you replaced any of those FRUs, boot
the system to the Configuration/Setup utility and
enable the slots which were automatically disabled
when the component fault indicators were activated.
33. Verify the system repair and return the system to the
customer.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
221
System management codes
The following page contains the system management
codes. These codes are displayed on the front panel.
Notes
1. See “System error log” on page 32 for instruction
for viewing the error log. Check for additional
information on all system managements codes.
2. To reset the system mangement adapter,
shutdown the system and remove the power for
30 seconds.
3. Some of these codes will automatically be
cleared once the problem is corrected. Others
will need to be cleared manually. To ensure you
have correctly identified the failing FRU during
your diagnosis, manually clear any messages
from the front panel display using the scroll and
enter buttons on the right side of the front panel
after you have replaced any FRU(s). This can be
done with the system in the Standby mode
before power up. Then, once you boot the
system, if a problem still exists which normally
generates a message on the front panel, the new
message generated will alert you to the
continued or new error condition.
Table 16 (Page 1 of 5). System Management
Codes
Code/Description
FRU/Action
00
(POST failed)
1. See the system error log and
follow the instruction for the
error in the log.
2. See “Undetermined problems” on
page 211.
01
(POST warning)
1. See the system error log and
follow the instruction for the
error in the log.
08
(Application
failed)
1. See the system error log and
follow the instruction for the
error in the log.
09
(Application
warning)
1. See the system error log and
follow the instruction for the
error in the log.
10
(Boot failed)
1. Try to reboot the system.
2. See system error log for other
possible errors.
3. See “Undetermined problems” on
page 211.
18
(Operating
system failed)
1. Restart the server.
222
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 16 (Page 2 of 5). System Management
Codes
Code/Description
FRU/Action
20
(Log full)
1. Clean out the error log.
30
(CPU Fail)
1. See the system error log for
more information regarding the
failure.
2. Processor indicated by the
component fault indicator LED.
3. Processor daughter board
4. Cache coherency filter DIMMs (if
applicable)
5. Processor controller board
70
(VRM fail)
1. See the system error log for
more information regarding the
failure.
2. Replace the VRM (if possible) or
circuit card that contains the VRM.
Replaceable VRMs are located on
the I/O board. Non-replaceable
VRMs are located on the
processor daughter board(s).
80
(Over
temperature)
1. Ensure that all six fans are
working, and that all three
power supplies are functional.
2. Ensure the air intakes are clear.
3. Ensure the room temperature is
not too hot. See “Specifications”
on page 40.
4. Replace the following FRU for the
temperature failure indicated in the
error log:
Ÿ Ambient temperature -replace the front panel
Ÿ Hard disk drive temperature
-- replace the SCSI
backplane
Ÿ Processor temperature -replace the processor
85
(Over voltage)
1. See system error log to
determine if there are any
power supply or VRM errors.
2. Replace the power supply, if
indicated by the error log.
3. Replace the VRM (if possible) or
circuit card that contains the VRM.
Replaceable VRMs are located on
the I/O board. Non-replaceable
VRMs are located on the
processor daughter board(s).
4. Power control card
5. Processor daughter board
6. Processor control board
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
223
Table 16 (Page 3 of 5). System Management
Codes
Code/Description
FRU/Action
86
(Low voltage)
1. See system error log to
determine if there are any
power supply or VRM errors.
2. Replace the power supply, if
indicated by the error log.
3. Replace the VRM (if possible) or
circuit card that contains the VRM.
Replaceable VRMs are located on
the I/O board. Non-replaceable
VRMs are located on the
processor daughter board(s).
4. Power control card
5. Processor daughter board
6. Processor controller board
90
(Power supply X)
1. Power supply X
2. Power control card
3. System management adapter
cable
4. System management adapter
98
(Power system)
1. See system error log to
determine if there are any
power supply or VRM errors.
2. Replace the power supply, if
indicated by the error log.
3. Replace the VRM (if possible) or
circuit card that contains the VRM.
Replaceable VRMs are located on
the I/O board. Non-replaceable
VRMs are located on the
processor daughter board(s).
4. Power control card
99
(Non-Redundant)
This is a warning
to the operator.
The load on the
power
subsystem is
large enough
that the power
subsystem is no
longer operating
with redundancy.
If one of the
power supplies
were to fail, the
remaining power
supplies may not
be able to
reliably power
the system.
1. Check all power supplies.
2. Replace faulty power supply, or
add additional power supply if
operating with fewer than three
power supplies.
224
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 16 (Page 4 of 5). System Management
Codes
Code/Description
FRU/Action
A0
(Fan X,
see“Other error
symptoms” on
page 190 .)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fan X
Midplane (I/O fans)
LED card (CPU fans)
Power control card
B0
(Intrusion - tower
configuration
only)
1. Ensure the covers are attached
correctly.
2. Verify that there has been an
intrusion into the system.
3. Intrusion Cable
4. Front Panel
B8
(Display)
1. Check the cable connection
from the I/O function card (VFD
display) to the front panel.
2. Front Panel
C0
(SMI error)
1. See the system error log and
follow the instruction for the
error in the log.
2. Replace the FRU for the following
problems listed.
Ÿ PCI related error:
a. PCI Adapter
b. PCI switch card
c. I/O Board
Ÿ Processor related error:
a. Processor
b. Processor Daughter
Board
c. Processor Controller
Board
Ÿ Memory related error:
a. DIMM
b. Memory Board
c. Processor Daughter
Board
d. Processor Controller
Board
Ÿ SCSI related error
a. Check SCSI cable
b. SCSI backplane (if
internal SCSI drives)
c. SCSI adapter (if external
drives attached to a PCI
SCSI adapter)
d. I/O function card (if
either internal or
external SCSI drives are
attached to this card)
e. SCSI drive
C1
(Memory)
1. See system error log to
determine which DIMM failed.
2. Run diagnostics on memory.
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
225
Table 16 (Page 5 of 5). System Management
Codes
Code/Description
Device not
installed
(A card or cable
needs to be
installed)
226
FRU/Action
1. See the system error log for
more information regarding
which device is not installed.
2. Install the specified device.
Netfinity Server HMM
System Management Interrupt (SMI)
Handler
System Management Interrupt (SMI) Handler is the means
of detecting system errors and logging error messages into
the system error log. It is installed during the POST
sequence at check point A9, and is functional thereafter.
SMI Handler detects errors that are generated by system
hardware such as CPU, memory and PCI devices. Any
SMI-logged error message has "SMI Hdlr" in the SOURCE
field as part of the system error message entry. Error
messages are logged at different levels as system errors
are detected. A single system failure could be the
combination of errors, and it will cause multiple unique
error messages to be logged in the error log. For
example, a single PCI device failure will cause multiple
PCI errors, and it will also cause multiple errors at the PCI
Bridge level. Each of those errors will create an entry in
the system error log. It is very important to retrieve all the
SMI error messages (SOURCE = SMI Hdlr), the data in
the ERROR CODE and ERROR DATA fields for each
message, and the sequence in which the error messages
were posted to the system error log.
The following table describes SMI error messages, along
with possible failing FRUs or appropriate action to be
taken.
SMI Error
Message
FRU/Action
Memory UNC ECC
Error on port A,
DIMM yy
DIMM yy, port A
Memory UNC ECC
Error on port B,
DIMM yy
DIMM yy, port B
Memory SBC ECC
Error on port A,
DIMM yy
DIMM yy, port A
Memory SBC ECC
Error on port B,
DIMM yy
DIMM yy, port B
UNC on P6
Processor Bus A
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
UNC on P6
Processor Bus B
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
Error on processor
An
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
1. Processors on bus A
2. Processor daughter board A
3. Processor controller board
1. Processors on bus B
2. Processor daughter board B
3. Processor controller board
1.
2.
3.
4.
Run diagnostics on the processors
Processor An
Processor daughter board A
Processor controller board
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
227
SMI Error
Message
FRU/Action
Error on Processor
Bn
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
P6 I/O bus UNC
error
If message "UNC Error on PCI bus slot x" is
also displayed, follow the FRU/Action for that
message first, then suspect FRUs in the
following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Processor Bn
Run diagnostics on the processors
Processor daughter board B
Processor controller board
1. I/O board
2. Processor controller board
UNC Error on PCI
bus M
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
P6 I/O Bus Hard
Failure Response
(HFR)
Reinstall the device driver for the last PCI
adapter installed, then suspect FRUs in the
following order:
1. Any PCI adapters on bus M (including
I/O Function card or System
Management Adapter for bus A)
2. System management adapter cable
3. I/O board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The last installed PCI adapter
Any other PCI adapter
System Management Adapter
I/O Function card
I/O board
UNC Error on PCI
bus slot x
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
Address Parity
Error (APE) on PCI
bus M
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
SBC error on P6
Process Bus A
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
SBC error on P6
Process Bus B
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
SBC error on P6
I/O bus
Suspect FRUs in the following order:
Uncorrectable MCA
error
Suspect any processor on bus A and B
Correctable MCA
error
Suspect any processor on bus A and B
SBC Memory error
has occurred
Suspect any DIMM on memory bus A and B
228
1. PCI adapter in slot x
2. I/O board
3. Another adapter on the same PCI bus
1. Any PCI adapters on bus M (including
I/O function card or System Management
Adapter for bus A)
2. System management adapter cable
3. I/O board
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Run diagnostics on the processors
Any processor on bus A
Processor daughter board A
Processor controller board
Run diagnostics on the processors
Any processor on bus B
Processor daughter board B
Processor controller board
1. I/O board
2. Processor controller board
1. Run diagnostics on the processors
1. Run diagnostics on the processors
1. Run diagnostics on the memory
Netfinity Server HMM
11
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
18
20
19
21
17
1
22
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
9
10
15
13 14
Parts listing (Netfinity 8500R - Type
8681)
229
System
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
System (Netfinity 8500R - Type
8681)
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY, 5RG, 6RY,
6RG
FRU
No.
Top Cover
Midplane Tray
Midplane Card (w/tray)
Midplane Stiffener Bracket
Power/Fan Control Card
Power/Fan Control Card Assembly
Retention Bracket
DASD Hot-plug Backplane
DASD Filler Bezel Assembly
40X CD-ROM Drive
40X CD-ROM Drive (lite-on)
128MB DIMM (4)
Memory DIMM Card
Processor Housing Assembly
See“Processor Housing Assembly” on
page 232
Memory Door
Front Bezel
Hot-swap CPU Fan (Processor Fan)
Base Frame Assembly (Server chassis)
VFD (Operator) Panel Assembly
Operator Panel Control Card
Operator Panel Kit
Lifting Handles (4)
750W Power Supply Assembly
Hot-swap I/O Fan
I/O Housing Assembly
See“I/O Housing Assembly” on
page 234
550MHz Processor with 512KB Cache
(Model 4RY)
550MHz Processor with 1MB Cache
(Models 5RY)
550MHz Processor with 2MB Cache
(Models 6RY)
Cable Management Flex Arm
Cable Management Rigid Arm
CD-ROM Guide
Chassis Flange, right
Chassis Flange, left
EMC Parts Kit
External SCSI Drive Cable
FDD Drive Cable
Four Switch Front Panel Cable
Front Panel Cable
Hot-Swap Parts Kit. Includes:
Ÿ Insulator
Ÿ I/O Filler
Ÿ Hot Swap Handle
Ÿ System Management Card Guide
Ÿ FRU Spec
Ÿ Guidance Module, PCI-3 Position
Ÿ Retainer, PCI-3 Position
28L4666
28L4655
28L4654
00N9377
28L4667
00N9369
IDE Drive Cable
230
Netfinity Server HMM
00N9354
37L0198
36L8757
36L8791
20L0246
28L4663
N/A
33L3703
36L9683
28L4670
28L4665
36L9959
28L4687
36L9787
33L3705
36L8817
28L4660
N/A
09N7413
09N7415
33L3731
37L0289
37L0288
00N6412
28L4674
28L4675
33L3706
28L4325
28L4324
36L9946
28L4323
33L3707
03K9240
Index
System (Netfinity 8500R - Type
8681)
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY, 5RG, 6RY,
6RG
Internal SCSI Drive Cable
I/O Function Card Retainer Bracket
I/O Skid
LED Card Assembly
Miscellaneous Parts Kit
Pedestal Base
Power to SCSI Backplane and Media
Cable
Rack Attach Bracket
Rack Slide Assembly
Rack Power Jumper Cable
Side Cover Assembly, right
Side Cover Assembly, left
System Service Label
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
FRU
No.
03K9238
33L3847
28L4657
28L4653
33L3739
28L0571
03K9239
36L9937
28L4690
36L8886
36L9766
00N9346
33L3748
231
Processor Housing Assembly
1
2
9
B1
A1
A2
A3
B3
B2
B4
A4
8
3
7
4
A1
A2
A3
A4
B1
B2
B3
B4
5
6
232
Netfinity Server HMM
Index
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Processor Housing Assembly
(Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681)
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY, 5RG, 6RY,
6RG
FRU
No.
Retainer (2)
Processor Cage (Goal Post) (right)
Processor Cage (Goal Post) (left)
Spacers (Goal Post Mounting)
Processor Controller Board
(CPU Card Assembly)
Fan Guard
CPU Cookie Sheet
Processor Daughter Board
Cache Coherency Card Retainer
Processor A1
28L4650
28L4648
33L3700
33L3702
28L4651
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
28L4649
28L4647
28L4652
33L3842
233
I/O Housing Assembly
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
234
Netfinity Server HMM
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
I/O Housing Assembly (Netfinity
8500R - Type 8681)
Models 4RY, 4RG, 5RY, 5RG, 6RY,
6RG
FRU
No.
Integrated I/O Function Card
System Management Card
Insulator (in Misc. Hot Swap Kit - FRU
No. 33L3707)
I/O Board Protector Shield
I/O Board
Bulkhead Weldment
Voltage Regulator Module Card
28L4446
00N9362
N/A
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
33L3738
28L4656
28L4658
36L8833
235
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
FRU No.
Arabic
37L0818
1391490
Belgiam-Dutch
37L0820
1391414
Belgiam-French
37L0819
1391526
Brazil/Portugal
37L0817
02K0869
Bulgarian
37L0821
1399583
Chinese/US
37L0848
02K0900
Czech
37L0822
1399570
Danish
37L0823
1391407
Dutch
37L0824
1391511
Finnish
1391411
French
37L0825
1391402
French/Canadian-ID 058
37L0815
02K0863
German
37L0826
1391403
Greek
37L0827
1399046
Hebrew
37L0828
1391408
Hungarian
37L0829
1399581
Icelandic
37L0830
1391495
Italian
37L0831
1393395
Japan
37L0847
Korean
37L0849
Latin/Spanish
37L0816
Latvian
1391406
Norwegian
37L0832
1391409
Polish
37L0833
1399580
Portuguese
37L0834
1391410
Romanian
37L0835
1399582
Russian-Cyrillic
37L0836
1399579
236
Netfinity Server HMM
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
FRU No.
Serbian-Cyrillic
37L0837
1399578
Slovak
37L0838
1399571
Slovenia/Croatia/Bosnia
1393669
South Africa
1396790
Spanish
37L0839
1391405
Swedish/Finnish
37L0840
1391411
Swiss French/German
37L0841
1391412
Taiwanese
37L0848
Thailand
37L0850
02K0902
Turkish 179
37L0842
75H9538
Turkish 440
37L0843
75H9539
U.K. English
37L0844
1391406
U.K. English (ISO Compliant)
37L0846
U.S. English
37L0814
76H0896
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
1396790
Yugoslavia/Lithuania
37L0845
Netfinity 8500R - Type 8681
237
Power cords
Power Cords
FRU No.
China (PRC)
01K9851
Japan
01K9853
Thailand
12J5120
Israel
12J5122
Bangladesh, Burma, India, Pakistan, South Africa,
SriLanka
12J5124
Chile, Ethiopia, Italy, Libya, Somalia
12J5126
Argentina, Australia, New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea, Paraguay, Uruguay, Western Samoa
12J5128
Antigua, Bahrain, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus,
Dubai, Fiji, Ghana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland,
Kenya, Kuwait, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Nepal,
Nigeria, Polynesia, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore,
Tanzania, Uganda, United Kingdom, Yemen,
Zambia
12J5987
Afghanistan, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Austria,
Belgium, Benin, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi,
Cameroon, Central African Rep., Chad, Czech
Republic, Egypt, Finland, France, French Guiana,
Germany, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Iceland,
Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Lebanon,
Luxembourg, Macau, Malagasy, Mali, Martinique,
Mauritania, Mauritius, Monaco, Morocco,
Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Senegal,
Slovakia, Spain, Sudan, Sweden, Syria, Togo,
Tunisia, Turkey, former USSR, Vietnam, former
Yugoslavia, Zaire, Zimbabwe
55H6643
Denmark, Switzerland, Liechtenstein
55H6646
Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil,
Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
Korea (South), Liberia, Mexico, Netherlands
Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Suriname, Taiwan, Trinidad (West
Indies), Venezuela
76H4865
United States of America
6952300
(110)
1838574
(220)
36L8886
(220V /
15A)
238
Netfinity Server HMM
Related service information
Important
The service procedures are designed to help you
isolate problems. They are written with the
assumption that you have model-specific training on
all computers, or that are familiar with the computers,
functions, terminology, and service information
provided in this manual.
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . .
General safety . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical safety
. . . . . . . . . . .
Safety inspection guide
. . . . . . .
Handling electrostatic discharge-sensitive
Grounding requirements
. . . . . . .
Send us your comments!
. . . . . . . .
Problem determination tips
. . . . . . .
Phone numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1999
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
devices
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . .
240
240
241
242
244
244
277
278
279
281
281
239
Safety information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
240
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
Netfinity Server HMM
Electrical safety
Caution
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunication systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some
hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
– Performing a mechanical inspection
– Working near power supplies
– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
– Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
–
Remember: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Related service information
241
–
–
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Remember: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
– Power supply units
– Pumps
– Blowers and fans
– Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:
– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.
Safety inspection guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
242
Netfinity Server HMM
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they
present:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.
Related service information
243
Handling electrostatic
discharge-sensitive devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–
–
–
Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,
ground braid, or green-wire ground.
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the ac plug on
ac-operated computers.
Grounding requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
244
Netfinity Server HMM
DANGER
To avoid a shock hazard, do not connect or
disconnect any cables or perform installation,
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this
product during an electrical storm.
To avoid shock hazard:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The power cord must be connected to a
properly wired and grounded receptacle.
Any equipment to which this product will
be attached must also be connected to
properly wired receptacles.
When possible, use one hand to connect or
disconnect signal cables to prevent a
possible shock from touching two surfaces
with different electrical potentials.
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communications cables is hazardous. To
avoid shock hazard, connect and disconnect
cables as described following when
installing, moving, or opening covers of this
product or attached devices.
To Connect
To Disconnect
1. Turn Everything OFF.
2. First, attach all cables to
devices.
3. Attach signal cables to
receptacles.
4. Attach power cord(s) to
outlet.
5. Turn device ON.
1. Turn Everything OFF.
2. First, remove power cord(s)
from outlet.
3. Remove signal cables from
receptacles.
4. Remove all cables from
devices.
NOTE: In the UK, by law, the
telephone cable must be
connected after the power cord.
NOTE: In the UK, the power
cord must be disconnected after
the telephone cable.
Related service information
245
Caution:
When replacing the battery, use only IBM Part Number
33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended
by the manufacturer. If the system has a module
containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the
same module type made by the same manufacturer.
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not
properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
Caution:
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Removing the covers of the CD-ROM drive could result
in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no
serviceable parts inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not
remove the CD-ROM drive covers.
DANGER
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded
Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into
the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the
beam.
246
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg (70.5
lbs)
k55 kg (121.2
lbs)
Caution:
Use safe practices when lifting the machine.
Caution:
The Power Control button on the front of the server
does not turn off the electrical current supplied to the
server. The server also might have more than one
power cord. To remove all electrical current from the
server, ensure that all power cords are disconnected
from the power source.
Caution:
When the power cord bracket option is installed on the
power cord, the server must be plugged to a power
source that is easily accessible.
Caution:
When unlocked, the server door will not support the
weight of the server. To avoid personal injury, be sure
to remove or lock the server door before moving or
lifting the server.
Related service information
247
Caution:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part
(midplane and ac box) that has the following label
attached.
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are
present inside the power supplies, midplane, and ac
box. There are no serviceable parts inside the power
supplies, midplane, or ac box. If you suspect a
problem with one of these parts, contact an IBM
service technician.
Caution:
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunications systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Caution:
The power cable to the fan should be disconnected
whenever the fan assembly is not installed in the
server; otherwise, the fan might start turning while you
are holding it and the fan blades could injure your
fingers.
>50 kg (110
lbs)
Caution:
Do not place any object weighing more than 50 kg (110
lbs) on top of the rack model of the server.
248
Netfinity Server HMM
PERIGO
Para evitar choques elétricos, não conecte ou
desconecte nenhum cabo, nem efetue
instalação, manutenção ou reconfiguração
deste produto durante uma tempestade com
raios.
Para evitar choques elétricos:
Ÿ
Ÿ
O cabo de alimentação deve ser
conectado a um receptáculo
corretamente instalado e aterrado.
Todos os equipamentos aos quais este
produto será conectado devem também
ser conectados a receptáculos
corretamente instalados.
Quando possível, utilize uma das mãos para
conectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal, para
evitar um possível choque ao tocar duas
superfícies com potenciais elétricos
diferentes.
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é
perigosa. Para evitar choques elétricos,
conecte e desconecte os cabos conforme
descrito a seguir, ao instalar, movimentar ou
abrir tampas deste produto ou de
dispositivos conectados.
Para Conectar
Para Desconectar
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Conecte primeiro todos os
cabos nos dispositivos.
3. Conecte os cabos de sinal
nos receptáculos.
4. Conecte o(s) cabo(s) de
alimentação nas tomadas.
5. LIGUE o dispositivo.
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Remova primeiro o(s)
cabo(s) de alimentação das
tomadas.
3. Remova os cabos de sinal
dos receptáculos.
4. Remova todos os cabos
dos dispositivos.
Related service information
249
cuidado:
Ao substituir a bateria, utilize apenas o Número de
Peça IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalente
recomendado pelo fabricante. Se seu sistema possuir
um módulo com uma bateria de lítio, substitua-o
apenas pelo mesmo tipo de módulo, produzido pelo
mesmo fabricante. A bateria contém lítio e pode
explodir se não for utilizada, manuseada e descartada
de forma adequada.
Não:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Jogue ou coloque na água
Aqueça a mais de 100°C (212°F)
Conserte nem desmonte.
Descarte a bateria conforme requerido pelas
disposições e regulamentações locais.
cuidado:
Quando uma unidade de CD-ROM estiver instalada,
observe o seguinte.
A utilização de controles ou ajustes ou a execução de
procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados
nesta publicação pode resultar em exposição perigosa
à radiação.
A remoção das tampas da unidade de CD-ROM pode
resultar em exposição a radiação perigosa de laser.
Não existem peças que possam ser consertadas no
interior da unidade de CD-ROM. Não remova as
tampas da unidade de CD-ROM.
PERIGO
Algumas unidades de CD-ROM contém um
diodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B.
Observe o seguinte.
Radiação de laser quando aberto. Não olhe
diretamente para o feixe de laser, não olhe
diretamente com instrumentos óticos, e evite
exposição direta ao raio.
250
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg (70,5
lbs)
k55 kg (121,2
lbs)
cuidado:
Utilize práticas seguras para levantamento de peso ao
levantar sua máquina.
cuidado:
O botão de Controle de Energia na parte frontal do
servidor não desliga a corrente elétrica fornecida ao
servidor. O servidor pode também possuir mais que
um cabo de alimentação. Para remover tda a corrente
elétrica do servidor, assegure que todos os cabos de
alimentação estejam desconectados da fonte de
energia.
cuidado:
Quando o suporte do cabo de alimentação estiver
instalado no cabo de alimentação, o servidor deve
estar conectado a uma fonte de energia de fácil
acesso.
cuidado:
Quando destravada, a porta do servidor não suporta o
peso do servidor. Para evitar ferimentos pessoais,
certifique-se de remover ou travar a porta do servidor
antes de mover ou levantar o servidor.
Related service information
251
cuidado:
Nunca remova a tampa de uma fonte de alimentação
ou qualquer peça (painel traseiro de força ou ac box)
que contenha a seguinte etiqueta.
Níveis perigosos de tensão, corrente e energia estão
presentes no interior das fontes de alimentação, painel
traseiro de força ou ac box. Não existem peças que
possam ser consertadas no interior da fonte de
alimentação, painel traseiro de força ou ac box. Se
suspeitar de problemas em uma dessas peças, entre
em contato com um representante técnico IBM.
cuidado:
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é perigosa.
Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aos
equipamentos, desconecte os cabos de alimentação,
sistemas de telecomunicação, redes e modems antes
de abrir as tampas do servidor, a menos que receba
outras instruções nos procedimentos de instalação e
configuração.
cuidado:
O cabo de energia do ventilador deve permanecer
desconectado sempre que o conjunto do ventilador
não estiver instalado no servidor; caso contrário, o
ventilador pode começar a girar enquanto estiver em
suas mãos, e as lâminas do ventilador podem ferir
seus dedos.
>50 kg (110
lbs)
cuidado:
Não coloque qualquer objeto com peso superior a 50
kg (110 lbs) sobre o modelo de gaveta do servidor.
252
Netfinity Server HMM
Related service information
253
254
Netfinity Server HMM
Related service information
255
256
Netfinity Server HMM
Related service information
257
DANGER
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne
manipulez aucun câble et n'effectuez aucune
opération d'installation, d'entretien ou de
reconfiguration de ce produit au cours d'un
orage.
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique :
Ÿ
Les cordons d'alimentation du présent
produit et de tous les appareils qui lui
sont connectés doivent être branchés
sur des socles de prise de courant
correctement câblés et mis à la terre.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique
provenant d'une différence de potentiel de
terre, n'utilisez qu'une main, lorsque cela est
possible, pour connecter ou déconnecter les
cordons d'interface.
Le courant électrique passant dans les
câbles de communication, ou les cordons
téléphoniques et d'alimentation peut être
dangereux. Pour éviter tout risque de choc
électrique, lorsque vous installez ou que
vous déplacez le présent produit ou des
périphériques qui lui sont raccordés,
reportez-vous aux instructions ci-dessous
pour connecter et déconnecter les différents
cordons.
Connexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez par brancher
tous les cordons sur les
unités.
3. Branchez les câbles
d'interface sur les prises.
4. Branchez les cordons
d'alimentation sur un socle
de prise de courant.
5. Mettez les unités sous
tension.
258
Netfinity Server HMM
Déconnexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez pas
débrancher les cordons
alimentation des socles de
prise de courant.
3. Débranchez les câbles
d'interface des prises.
4. Débranchez tous les câbles
des unités.
attention:
Remplacez la pile usagée par une pile de référence
identique exclusivement - voir la référence IBM - ou
par une pile équivalente recommandée par le fabricant.
Si votre système est doté d'un module contenant une
pile au lithium, vous devez le remplacer uniquement
par un module identique, produit par le même
fabricant. La pile contient du lithium et présente donc
un risque d'explosion en cas de mauvaise
manipulation ou utilisation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ne la jetez pas à l'eau.
Ne l'exposez pas à une température supérieure à
100 °C.
Ne cherchez pas à la réparer ou à la démonter.
Pour la mise au rebut, reportez-vous à la
réglementation en vigueur.
attention:
Si une unité de CD-ROM est installée, prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,
respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites dans le
présent document.
Pour éviter une exposition directe au rayon laser,
n'ouvrez pas l'unité de CD-ROM. Vous ne pouvez
effectuer aucune opération de maintenance à
l'intérieur.
DANGER
Certaines unités de CD-ROM contiennent une
diode laser de classe 3A ou 3B. Prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter est
ouvert. Évitez de regarder fixement le
faisceau ou de l'observer à l'aide
d'instruments optiques. Évitez une exposition
directe au rayon.
Related service information
259
k32 kg
k55 kg
attention:
Ce produit pèse un poids considérable. Faites-vous
aider pour le soulever.
attention:
Le bouton de mise sous tension/hors tension situé sur
la face avant du serveur ne coupe pas l'arrivée de
courant électrique à l'inérieur de la machine. Il se peut
que votre serveur dispose de plusieurs cordons
d'alimentation. Pour isoler totalement le serveur du
réseau électrique, débranchez tous les cordons
d'alimentation des socle de prise de courant.
attention:
Lorsqu'une patte de fixation du cordon d'alimentation
est installée branchez le serveur sur une prise de
courant électrique facile d'accès.
attention:
Une fois déverrouillé, le volet du serveur ne supporte
pas le poids de ce dernier. Pour éviter tout accident,
retirez ou verrouillez le volet du serveur avant de
déplacer ou de soulever ce dernier.
260
Netfinity Server HMM
attention:
N'ouvrez jamais le bloc d'alimentation ou tout élément
(fond de panier du bloc ou boîtier d'alimentation en
courant alternatif) sur lequel est apposé l'étiquette
ci-dessous.
Des tensions et des courants dangereux sont présents
à l'intérieur des blocs d'alimentation, de leurs fonds de
panier et du boîtier d'alimentation en courant alternatif.
Ces éléments ne peuvent pas être réparés. Si vous
pensez qu'ils peuvent être à l'origine d'un incident,
prenez contact avec un technicien de maintenance
IBM.
attention:
Le courant électrique circulant dans les câbles de
communication et les cordons téléphoniques et
d'alimentation peut être dangereux. Pour votre sécurité
et celle de l'équipement, avant de retirer les carters du
serveur, mettez celui-ci hors tension et déconnectez
ses cordons d'alimentation, ainsi que les câbles qui le
relient aux réseaux, aux systèmes de
télécommunication et aux modems (sauf instruction
contraire mentionnée dans les procédures
d'installation et de configuration).
attention:
Vous devez débrancher le cordon d'alimentation du
ventilateur avant d'installer ce dernier dans le serveur,
sinon le ventilateur peut se mettre en route et vous
risquez de vous blesser.
>50 kg
attention:
Ne posez pas d'objet dont le poids dépasse 50 kg sur
les modèles tiroir de serveur.
Related service information
261
VORSICHT
Aus Sicherheitsgründen bei Gewitter an
diesem Gerät keine Kabel anschließen oder
lösen. Ferner keine Installations-, Wartungsoder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchführen.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gerät nur an eine
Schutzkontaktsteckdose mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Alle angeschlossenen Geräte ebenfalls
an Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Signalkabel möglichst einhändig anschließen
oder lösen, um einen Stromschlag durch
Berühren von Oberflächen mit
unterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zu
vermeiden.
Elektrische Spannungen von Netz-, Telefonund Datenübertragungsleitungen sind
gefährlich. Um einen Stromschlag zu
vermeiden, nur nach den Anweisungen
arbeiten, die für Installation, Transport oder
Öffnen von Gehäusen dieses Produkts oder
angeschlossenen Einheiten gelten.
Kabel anschließen
1. Alle Geräte ausschalten und
Netzstecker ziehen.
2. Zuerst alle Kabel an
Einheiten anschließen.
3. Signalkabel an
Anschlußbuchsen
anschließen.
4. Netzstecker an Steckdose
anschließen.
5. Gerät einschalten.
262
Netfinity Server HMM
Kabel lösen
1. Alle Geräte ausschalten.
2. Zuerst Netzstecker von
Steckdose lösen.
3. Signalkabel von
Anschlußbuchsen lösen.
4. Alle Kabel von Einheiten
lösen.
achtung:
Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mit
der IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vom
Hersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen. Wenn Ihr
System ein Modul mit einer Lithium-Batterie enthält,
ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vom
selben Hersteller. Die Batterie enthält Lithium und
kann bei unsachgemäßer Verwendung, Handhabung
oder Entsorgung explodieren.
Die Batterie nicht
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
mit Wasser in Berührung bringen.
über 100 C erhitzen.
reparieren oder zerlegen.
Die örtlichen Bestimmungen für die Entsorgung von
Sondermüll beachten.
achtung:
Wenn ein CD-ROM-Laufwerk installiert ist, beachten
Sie folgendes. Steuer- und Einstellelemente sowie
Verfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen im
vorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen. Andernfalls kann
gefährliche Laserstrahlung auftreten.
Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks kann zu gefährlicher
Laserstrahlung führen. Es befinden sich keine Teile
innerhalb des CD-ROM-Laufwerks, die vom Benutzer
gewartet werden müssen. Die Verkleidung des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks nicht öffnen.
VORSICHT
Manche CD-ROM-Laufwerke enthalten eine
eingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder
3B. Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Punkte
beachten.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffneter Tür. Niemals
direkt in den Laserstrahl sehen, nicht direkt
mit optischen Instrumenten betrachten und
den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
Related service information
263
k32 kg
k55 kg
achtung:
Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenen
Sicherheitsbestimmungen beachten.
achtung:
Mit dem Betriebsspannungsschalter an der Vorderseite
des Servers wird die Stromversorgung für den Server
nicht unterbrochen. Der Server könnte auch mehr als
ein Netzkabel auweisen. Um die gesamte
Stromversorgung des Servers auszuschalten, muß
sicherestellt werden, daß alle Netzkabel aus den
Netzsteckdosen herausgezogen wurdn.
achtung:
Wenn am Netzkabel eine Kabelhalterung angebracht
ist, uß der Server an eine leicht zugängliche
tzsteckdose angeschlosen rden.
achtung:
Bei geöffneter Tür kann die Servertür nicht das
Gewicht des Servers tragen. Zur Vermeidung von
Verletzungsgefahren vor dem Transportieren oder
Anheben des Servers die Servertür abnehmen oder
verschließen.
264
Netfinity Server HMM
achtung:
Die Abdeckung oder eine Komponente eines Netzteils
(Rückwandplatine oder Netzspannungsgehäuse), die
wie nachfolgend aufgeführt gekennzeichnet ist, darf
keinesfalls entfernt werden.
In Netzteilen, Rückwandplatinen und
Netzspannungsgehäusen können gefährliche
Spannungen anliegen. In Netzteilen,
Rückwandplatinen oder Netzspannungsgehäusen sind
keine Teile vorhanden, die vom Benutzer gewartet
werden müssen. Besteht der Verdacht, daß an einem
dieser Teile ein Fehler aufgetreten ist, ist ein IBM
Kundendiensttechniker zu verständigen.
achtung:
An Netz-, Telefon- und Datenleitungen können
gefährliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen. Um eine
Gefährdung des Benutzers oder Beschädigung des
Geräts zu vermeiden, ist der Server auszuschalten. Die
Verbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln,
Telekommunikationssystemen, Netzwerken und
Modems ist vor dem Öffnen des Servergehäuses zu
unterbrechen (sofern in Installations- und
Konfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben).
achtung:
Das Netzkabel des Lüfters sollte herausgezogen sein,
wenn der Lüfter nicht in den Server eingebaut ist.
Andernfalls könnte der Lüfter zu drehen beginnen,
solange Sie ihn in der Hand halten. Hierbei kann es zu
Verletzungen durch die Ventilatorblätter kommen.
>50 kg
achtung:
Legen Sie keine Gegenstände, die mehr als 50 kg
wiegen, auf das Einschubmodell des Servers.
Related service information
265
PERICOLO
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche
durante i temporali, non collegare o
scollegare cavi, non effettuare l'installazione,
la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione di
questo prodotto.
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche:
Ÿ
Ÿ
collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza;
collegare qualsiasi apparecchiatura
collegata a questo prodotto ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza.
Quando possibile, collegare o scollegare i
cavi di segnale con una sola mano per
evitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dal
contatto con due superfici a diverso
potenziale elettrico.
La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi di
alimentazione, del telefono e di segnale è
pericolosa. Per evitare scosse elettriche,
collegare e scollegare i cavi come descritto
quando si effettuano l'installazione, la
rimozione o l'apertura dei coperchi di questo
prodotto o durante il collegamento delle
unità.
Per collegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Collegare prima tutti i cavi
alle unità.
3. Collegare i cavi di segnale
alle prese.
4. Collegare il(i) cavo(i) di
alimentazione alla presa
elettrica.
5. ACCENDERE le unità.
266
Netfinity Server HMM
Per scollegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Rimuovere prima il(i) cavo(i)
di alimentazione dalla presa
elettrica.
3. Rimuovere i cavi di segnale
dalle prese.
4. Rimuovere tutti i cavi dalle
unità.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando si sostituisce la batteria, utilizzare solo una
batteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipo
equivalente consigliate dal produttore. Se il sistema di
cui si dispone è provvisto di un modulo contenente
una batteria al litio, sostituire tale batteria solo con un
tipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore.
La batteria contiene litio e può esplodere se utilizzata,
maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente.
Evitare di:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gettarla o immergerla in acqua
Riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100°
C
Cercare di ripararla o smaltirla
Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore (D.Lgs 22 del
5/2/97) e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando è installata un'unità CD-ROM, notare quanto
segue:
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di
procedure non descritti nel presente manuale possono
provocare l'esposizione a radiazioni pericolose.
L'apertura di un'unità CD-ROM può determinare
l'esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose. All'interno
dell'unità CD-ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuare
l'assistenza tecnica. Non rimuovere i coperchi
dell'unità CD-ROM.
PERICOLO
Alcune unità CD-ROM contengono all'interno
un diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B.
Prestare attenzione a quanto segue:
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni
laser. Non fissare il fascio, non guardarlo
direttamente con strumenti ottici ed evitare
l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
Related service information
267
k32 kg
k55 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire delle
norme di di sicurezza.
ATTENZIONE:
Il pulsante del controllo dell'alimentazione situato nella
parte anteriore del servente non disattiva la corrente
elettrica fornita al servente. Il servente potrebbe anche
avere più di un cavo di alimentazione. Per disattivare
la corrente elettrica del servente, assicurarsi che tutti i
cavi di alimentazione siano scollegati dalla sorgente di
alimentazione.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando sul cavo di alimentazione è installata l'opzione
di sostegno del cavo, il servente deve essere collocato
in prossimità di una presa elettrica facilmente
accessibile.
ATTENZIONE:
Se aperto, lo sportello del servente non supporta il
peso del servente. Per evitare danni alle persone,
assicurarsi di rimuovere o chiudere tale sportello
prima di spostare o sollevare il servente.
268
Netfinity Server HMM
ATTENZIONE:
Non togliere mai il coperchio di un alimentatore o
qualsiasi parte (midplane e ac box) su cui è apposta la
seguente etichetta.
Tensioni pericolose, corrente e livelli di energia sono
presenti all'interno degli alimentatori, del midplane e
dell'ac box. All'interno degli alimentatori, del midplane
e dell'ac box non ci sono parti soggette a
manutenzione. Se si sospetta un problema in una di
queste parti, rivolgersi ad un tecnico di manutenzione
IBM.
ATTENZIONE:
La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione, del
telefono e di segnale è pericolosa. Per evitare
situazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamenti
all'apparecchiatura, scollegare i cavi di alimentazione, i
sistemi di telecomunicazioni, le reti e ed i modem
prima di aprire i coperchi del servente se non
diversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazione
e configurazione.
ATTENZIONE:
Il cavo di alimentazione collegato alla ventola
dovrebbe essere scollegato ogni volta che l'assieme
ventola non sia installato nel servente; diversamente la
ventola si potrebbe attivare mentre la si sta
maneggiando e le pale potrebbero provocare ferite le
dita.
>50 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Non poggiare oggetti che pesano più di 50 kg sulla
parte superiore del servente.
Related service information
269
270
Netfinity Server HMM
Related service information
271
272
Netfinity Server HMM
PELIGRO
Para evitar una posible descarga eléctrica, no
conecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve a
cabo ninguna operación de instalación, de
mantenimiento o de reconfiguración de este
producto durante una tormenta eléctrica.
Para evitar una posible descarga:
Ÿ
Ÿ
El cable de alimentación debe
conectarse a un receptáculo con una
instalación eléctrica correcta y con toma
de tierra.
Los aparatos a los que se conecte este
producto también deben estar
conectados a receptáculos con la debida
instalación eléctrica.
Cuando sea posible, utilice una sola mano
para conectar o desconectar los cables de
señal a fin de evitar una posible descarga al
tocar dos superficies con distinto potencial
eléctrico.
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, teléfono y alimentación
puede resultar peligrosa. Para evitar una
posible descarga, siga las indicaciones de
conexión y desconexión de los cables
siempre que tenga que instalar, mover o abrir
las cubiertas de este producto o de los
dispositivos acoplados.
Instrucciones de conexión
Instrucciones de desconexión
1. Apague todos los
componentes (OFF).
2. En primer lugar, conecte
todos los cables a los
dispositivos.
3. Conecte los cables de señal
a los receptáculos.
4. Conecte los cables de
alimentación a las tomas.
5. Encienda el dispositivo
(ON).
1. Encienda todos los
componentes (ON).
2. En primer lugar, retire los
cables de alimentación de
las tomas.
3. Retire los cables de señal
de los receptáculos.
4. Retire todos los cables de
los dispositivos.
Related service information
273
percaución:
Al cambiar la batería, utilice únicamente la batería IBM
Número de pieza 33F8354 o un tipo de batería
equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Si el
sistema tiene un módulo que contiene una batería de
litio, sustitúyalo únicamente por el mismo tipo de
módulo del mismo fabricante. La batería contiene litio
y puede explotar si no se utiliza, manipula o desecha
correctamente.
Lo que no debe hacer
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua.
Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior a
100°C.
Reparar o desmontar el producto.
Cuando quiera desechar la batería, siga las
disposiciones y reglamentaciones locales.
percaución:
Cuando instale una unidad de CD-ROM, tenga en
cuenta la siguiente información.
Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizan
métodos que no se atengan a lo aquí especificado, se
puede producir una exposición peligrosa a las
radiaciones.
Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD-ROM, se
puede producir una peligrosa exposición a radiaciones
de láser. Dentro de la unidad de CD-ROM no existen
piezas reparables. No retire las cubiertas de la unidad
de CD-ROM.
PELIGRO
Algunas unidades de CD-ROM tienen
incorporado un diodo de láser de Clase 3A o
de Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguiente
información.
Cuando la unidad está abierta se generan
emisiones de rayos láser. No dirija la mirada
al haz, no lo observe directamente con
instrumentos ópticos y evite la exposición
directa.
274
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg
k55 kg
percaución:
Alce la máquina con cuidado; el sobrepeso podría
causar alguna lesión.
percaución:
El botón de control de alimentación del panel frontal
del servido no apaga la corriente eléctrica
suministrada al servidor. Puede sucede que el servidor
tenga más de un cable de alimentación. Para elimiar
por completo la corriente eléctrica del servidor,
asegúrese de desconectar todos los cables de
alimentación del suministro de alimentación.
percaución:
Cuando la opción de soporte del cable de alimentación
está insalada en el cable de alimentación, el servidor
debe estar conectado a un suministro de alimentación
de fácil acceso.
percaución:
Si no está cerrada, la puerta del servidor no soportará
el peso del mismo. A fin de evitar lesiones, antes de
alzar el servidor o cambiarlo de sitio, extraiga la puerta
o ciérrela bien.
Related service information
275
percaución:
No retire nunca la cubierta de una caja de
alimentacion ni de ninguna otra pieza (como el cajetín
de corriente alterna o la placa posterior de
alimentación) que tenga la siguiente etiqueta.
Las cajas de alimentación, las placas posteriores de
suministro y los cajetines de CA contienen niveles
peligrosos de voltaje, de corriente y de energía.
Ninguna de las piezas internas de las cajas de
alimentación, de la placa posterior o del cajetín de CA
son reparables por el usuario. Si detecta algún
problema con alguna de esas piezas, póngase en
contacto con un técnico de IBM.
percaución:
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, de teléfono y de alimentación puede
resultar peligrosa. Para evitar posibles lesiones o
daños del aparato, desconecte los cables de
alimentación, los sistemas de telecomunicaciones, las
redes y los módems antes de abrir las cubiertas del
servidor, salvo que se indique lo contrario en las
instrucciones de las operaciones de instalación y
configuración.
percaución:
Si el dispositivo de ventilación no está instalado en el
servidor, debe desconectar el cable de alimentación
que va a parar al ventilador; de lo contrario, podría
empezar a funcionar mientras lo sostiene y las hojas
podrían causarle alguna lesión.
>50 kg
percaución:
No coloque ningún objeto cuyo peso sea superior a
los 50 kilos sobr la bandeja modelo del servidor.
276
Netfinity Server HMM
Send us your comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 37L5123). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
Ø Yes
Ø No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or
deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?
Ø Less than five years
Ø More than five years
4. Which Servers do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
Related service information
277
Problem determination tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination. If possible, have this
information available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.
Machine type and model
Processor or hard disk upgrades
Failure symptom
– Do diagnostics fail?
– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– If it has been working, what changes were made
prior to it failing?
– Is this the original reported failure?
Reference/Diagnostics Diskette Version
– Type and version level
Hardware configuration
– Print (print screen) configuration currently in use
– BIOS level
Operating system software
– Type and version level
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Important
To eliminate confusion, identical systems are
considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference/Diagnostics Diskette
(version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.
278
Netfinity Server HMM
Phone numbers, U.S. and Canada
Note
EMEA customers should contact their Dealer or IBM
Service organization.
Before you place a call to the Support Center, refer to
“Problem determination tips” on page 278.
Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-528-7705
800-937-3737
800-426-2472
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
IBM Dealer Support Center
IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM PC HelpCenter
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (Publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center
800-IBM-DEAL
800-342-6672
303-924-4015
800-426-7763
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-388-7080
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
800-237-4824
800-964-8523
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-2468
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-772-2227
800-426-7282
800-426-9402
(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-547-1283
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
EduQuest (Educational Computers)
End User HelpDesk Support
IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Dealer Referral
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center
800-551-2832
Multimedia HelpCenter
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Services
Prodigy
Prodigy User Questions
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Solutions Magazine
Related service information
279
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto
Business Partner Marketing Support French
Customer Relations
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
Dealer Support Group (DSG)
HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct
HelpFax
HelpFax - Toronto
HelpPC
IBM Certification Administrator
Mail to: 50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM Education (A+ Course)
IBM Information Network Support
IBM PC Service Partners
International Warranty Registration
Lexmark Product Information
PartnerLine
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
514-938-6048
800-465-4YOU
800-IBM-SERV
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-505-1855
800-465-7999
800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
905-513-3355
800-661-2131
800-268-3100
800-387-8343
800-487-7426
800-663-7662
800-IBM-9990
800-263-2769
416-443-5808
(Fax)
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-565-3344
800-387-8483
800-465-1234
905-316-4148
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4150
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4872
905-316-4100
(Fax)
800-661-2131
800-565-3344
416-443-5835
(Fax)
905-316-2445
905-316-3515
(Fax)
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
800-267-7472
280
Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline
PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)
Publications Ordering
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
Skill Dynamics (Education)
ThinkPad EasyServe
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Service, ThinkPad
Netfinity Server HMM
Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation
in the United States or other countries or both:
HelpCenter
HelpWare
Netfinity
OS/2
SystemXtra
HelpFax
IBM
Netfinity Manager
Predictive Failure Analysis
ThinkPad
The following terms are trademarks of other companies:
Notes
Lotus Development Corporation
C-bus is a trademark of Corollary, Inc
Streaming SIMD Extensions and Pentium are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
Microsoft and Windows are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Related service information
281
IBM

Part Number: 37L5123
Printed in U.S.A.
S37L-5123-ðð
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement